Đồ án tốt nghiệp

NGUYỄN ĐỨC TOÀN | ATP55 | UTC
CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT ............................................................................. 9
GENERAL INTRODUCTION .................................................................... 10
PART 1: PRELIMINARY DESIGN ........................................................... 11

CHAPTER 1: ALTERNATIVE 1: THREE-SPAN CONTINUOUS PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BRIDGE
.................................................................................................................................................12
1.1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION ABOUT BALANCED CANTILEVER METHOD ....................................... 12
1.2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... 12
1.2.1. Design specifications ....................................................................................................... 12
1.2.2. Structural layout ............................................................................................................. 12
1.2.3. Bridge deck and utilities .................................................................................................. 16
1.3. DESIGN DATA ........................................................................................................................ 17
1.3.1. Design load .................................................................................................................... 17
1.3.2. Design factors ................................................................................................................. 17
1.4. SPAN CALCULATION .............................................................................................................. 18
1.4.1. Calculation requirement for the preliminary alternative ...................................................... 18
1.4.2. Determine the basic dimensions of the bridge ................................................................... 18
1.4.3. Calculate the geometric characteristic of cross-section ...................................................... 18
1.4.4. Calculate the dead load in stages I and II ......................................................................... 21
1.4.5. Calculate the internal forces ............................................................................................. 23
1.4.6. The summation of internal forces ..................................................................................... 29
1.4.7. Reinforcement calculation and arrangement ..................................................................... 30
1.5. ABUTMENT CALCULATION ..................................................................................................... 39
1.5.1. Approach span structure .................................................................................................. 39
1.5.2. Abutment structure ......................................................................................................... 41
1.6. PIER CALCULATION ............................................................................................................... 44
1.6.1. Superstructure structure .................................................................................................. 44
1.6.2. Pier P4 structure ............................................................................................................. 45
CHAPTER 2: ALTERNATIVE II: CABLE - STAYED BRIDGE ........................................................48
2.1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................................... 48
2.2. GENERAL DISCRIPTION ......................................................................................................... 49
2.2.1. Design Specifications ....................................................................................................... 49
2.2.2. Structure layout .............................................................................................................. 49
2.3. DESIGN DATA ........................................................................................................................ 51
2.3.1. Design load .................................................................................................................... 51
2.3.2. Design factors ................................................................................................................. 51
2.4. SPAN CALCULATION .............................................................................................................. 52
2.4.1. Calculation requirement for the preliminary alternative ...................................................... 52
2.4.2. Determine geometric characteristic of major cross section ................................................. 52
GRADUATION THESIS 1
2.4.3. Calculate the Dead Load in Stage I and II ........................................................................ 53

2.4.4. Estimate the number of strands in cables ......................................................................... 54
2.5. ABUTMENT ............................................................................................................................ 60
2.5.1. Design Data .................................................................................................................... 60
2.6. PYLON CALCULATION ............................................................................................................ 62
2.6.1. Design parameters .......................................................................................................... 62
CHAPTER 3: SELECTION OF BRIDGE ALTERNATIVES ..............................................................64
3.1. PRINCIPLES FOR SELECTION ALTERNATIVES .......................................................................... 64
3.2. COMPARATION OF BRIDGE ALTERNATIVES ............................................................................ 64
3.2.1. Alternative 1: Continuous Prestressed Concrete Girder Bridge 3 Spans ............................... 64
3.2.2. Alternative 2: Cable-stayed Bridge 3 Spans ....................................................................... 64
3.3. SELECTION OF BRIDGE ALTERNATIVES .................................................................................. 65
PART 2: TECHNICAL DESIGN ................................................................ 66

CHAPTER 1: SPAN CALCULATION ............................................................................................67
1.1. COMBINE LOADS ................................................................................................................... 67
1.1.1. Strength limit stage I ...................................................................................................... 67
1.1.2. Service limit stage ........................................................................................................... 67
1.2. CALCULATE INTERNAL FORCE ................................................................................................ 67
1.2.1. Stage 1: Constructing balance cantilever stage of segment K i ............................................ 67
1.2.2. Stage 2: Stage of casting the middle span ........................................................................ 69
1.2.3. Stage 3: Stage of unloading the erection load ................................................................... 70
1.2.4. Stage 4: Stage of loading DW .......................................................................................... 71
1.2.5. Stage 5: Stage of loading live load ................................................................................... 72
1.2.6. Summary internal forces at calculated sections in construction periods ............................... 73
1.3. REINFORCEMENT CALCULATION AND ARRANGEMENT............................................................. 73
1.3.1. Properties of material ...................................................................................................... 73
1.3.2. Formula .......................................................................................................................... 73
1.3.3. Conversion section .......................................................................................................... 73
1.3.4. Calculation the negative moment tendons ........................................................................ 74
1.3.5. Calculation the positive moment tendons. ......................................................................... 74
1.3.6. Calculate the geometric characteristic of sections .............................................................. 74
1.4. CHECK FOR STRENGTH COMBINATION ................................................................................... 77
1.4.1. Check the flexural resistance ........................................................................................... 77
1.4.2. Check limit for reinforcement ........................................................................................... 81
1.5. SHEAR RESISTANCE .............................................................................................................. 83
1.5.1. Checking formula ............................................................................................................ 83
1.5.2. Determined Vp ................................................................................................................ 84
1.5.3. Determine dv and bv ........................................................................................................ 84
1.5.4. Calculate Vc and Vs .......................................................................................................... 85
1.5.5. Calculate the nominal shear resistance of all sections ........................................................ 85
1.6. CHECK FOR SERVICE COMBINATION ...................................................................................... 87
CHAPTER 2: PIER CALCULATION .............................................................................................88
GRADUATION THESIS 2
2.1. DESIGN PARAMETERS ............................................................................................................ 88

2.1.1. Superstructure structure .................................................................................................. 88
2.1.2. Pier structure .................................................................................................................. 88
2.2. DETERMINE LOADS ACTING ON PIER ..................................................................................... 88
2.2.1. Calculated section ........................................................................................................... 88
2.2.2. Dead load ....................................................................................................................... 88
2.2.3. Calculate reaction caused by Live Load ............................................................................. 90
2.2.4. Braking force: BR ............................................................................................................ 91
2.2.5. Wind load: (WS, WL) ....................................................................................................... 91
2.2.6. Calculate buoyant force ................................................................................................... 93
2.2.7. Stream pressure ............................................................................................................. 94
2.3. SUMMATION OF LOADS ......................................................................................................... 95
2.3.1. Summation of loads acting on section I-I (bottom of footing) ............................................ 95
2.3.2. Summation of loads acting on section II-II (top of footing): .............................................. 97
2.4. LOAD COMBINATIONS ........................................................................................................... 98
2.4.1. Load combinations for section I-I ..................................................................................... 98
2.4.2. Load combination for section II-II .................................................................................... 99
2.5. CALCULATE AND ARRANGEMENT REINFORCEMENT .............................................................. 100
2.5.1. Formula to check .......................................................................................................... 100
2.5.2. Check section II-II ........................................................................................................ 102
2.6. CALCULATION AND ARRANGEMENT PILES ............................................................................ 107
2.6.1. Foundation parameters ................................................................................................. 107
2.6.2. Drilled shaft bearing capacity calculated based on material .............................................. 107
2.6.3. Drilled shaft bearing capacity calculated based on foundation soil .................................... 108
2.7. CHECK PILE FOUNDATION ................................................................................................... 112
2.7.1. Checking condition ........................................................................................................ 112
2.7.2. Check pile foundation according to The First Limit State .................................................. 112
CHAPTER 3: CONSTRUCTION ORGANIZATION ..................................................................... 118
3.1. ABUTMENT CONSTRUCTION ................................................................................................ 118
3.1.1. Abutment dimensions .................................................................................................... 118
3.1.2. Abutment A0 construction alternative: ............................................................................ 118
3.1.3. Detail contain of each work: .......................................................................................... 121
3.1.4. Abutment construction in detail ...................................................................................... 125
3.2. PIER CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................................... 126
3.2.1. Pier dimensions ............................................................................................................. 126
3.2.2. Pier P4 construction alternative ...................................................................................... 127
3.2.3. Pier P6 construction in detail .......................................................................................... 129
3.2.4. Superstructure construction: .......................................................................................... 130
3.2.5. Construct the segments on the pier top of P4 and P5. ..................................................... 130
3.2.6. Balanced cantilever segments: ....................................................................................... 131
3.2.7. Concrete side span part and closure the side span: ......................................................... 132
3.2.8. Main span closuring....................................................................................................... 133
GRADUATION THESIS 3
PART 3: APPLICATION OF MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE INCINERATION

BOTTOM ASH IN CIVIL ENGINEERING ............................................... 135
I. INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................................. 136
II. OVERVIEW OF RESEARCH SITUATION ............................................................................ 136
2.1. SITUATION OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN THE WORLD ................................................ 136
2.2. SITUATION OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN VIETNAM .................................................... 138
2.3. LITERATURE REVIEW........................................................................................................... 140
2.3.1. Research and applications in the world ........................................................................... 140
2.3.2. Research and applications in Vietnam ............................................................................. 151
III. REFERENCES ................................................................................................................... 153
APPENDIX ........................................................................................... 161

APPENDIX 1 .......................................................................................................................... 162
1.1. BASIC DIMENSIONS OF GIRDER ........................................................................................... 162
1.2. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS OF CROSS-SECTIONS .......................................................... 162
1.3. DEAD LOAD IN STAGE I ....................................................................................................... 163
APPENDIX 2 .......................................................................................................................... 164
2.1. INCLINED ANGLE OF CABLES ............................................................................................... 164
2.2. INTERNAL FORCE OF CABLES CAUSED BY SELF-WEIGHT....................................................... 165
2.3. NECESSARY NUMBER OF STRANDS OF EACH CABLE .............................................................. 165
2.4. TENSION OF CABLES ........................................................................................................... 166
APPENDIX 3 ............................................................................................................................... 168
APPENDIX 4 .......................................................................................................................... 169
4.1. INTERNAL FORCE OF SECTION AT PIER ............................................................................... 169
4.2. MAXIMUM INTERNAL FORCE AT SECTION IN ERECTION STAGE ............................................ 169
4.3. INTERNAL FORCE AT SECTION K(I-1) WHEN CONSTRUCTING Ki ............................................ 170
4.4. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN ........................................................................................ 171
4.5. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN ................................................................................... 172
4.6. INTERNAL FORCE IN CROSS SECTION AT SIDE SPAN OF STAGE 3 ......................................... 172
4.7. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 3 ................................................. 173
4.8. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 4 ..................................................... 174
4.9. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 4 ................................................. 175
4.10. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION 1 .................... 176
4.11. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION 1 ................ 177
4.12. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION 2 .................... 178
4.13. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION 2 ................ 179
4.14. INTERNAL FORCES AT SECTIONS IN CONSTRUCTION STAGE .............................................. 181
4.15. INTERNAL FORCES AT SECTIONS IN SERVICE STAGE .......................................................... 181
4.16. CONVERTED SECTIONS ...................................................................................................... 183
4.17. DETERMINE EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH OF COMPRESSIVE FLANGE .................................... 184
4.18. POSITIVE MOMENT TENDONS ............................................................................................ 186
4.19. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC OF SECTIONS IN STAGE I .................................................... 187
GRADUATION THESIS 4
4.20. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC OF SECTIONS IN STAGE II .................................................. 189

4.21: EFFECTIVE SHEAR DEPTH AND EFFECTIVE WEB WIDTH ..................................................... 190
4.22. 𝒗𝒇𝒄′ CALCULATION ............................................................................................................ 191
4.23. Θ AND Β CALCULATION ..................................................................................................... 192
GRADUATION THESIS 5
MAIN FIGURE AND TABLE

Figure 1. Alternative 1 general arrangements ..................................................................... 13
Figure 2. Main span section............................................................................................... 15
Figure 3. Approach span section ........................................................................................ 16
Figure 4. Segment divided layout ...................................................................................... 19
Figure 5. Converted section .............................................................................................. 20
Figure 6. Diagram of maximum cantilever stage ................................................................. 23
Figure 7: Diagram of casting the side span ......................................................................... 24
Figure 8. Diagram of casting the middle span ..................................................................... 26
Figure 9. Diagram of unloading the erection load ................................................................ 26
Figure 10. Diagram of loading DW ..................................................................................... 27
Figure 11. Diagram of converting section ........................................................................... 32
Figure 12. Approach span section ...................................................................................... 40
Figure 13. Dimensions of abutment ................................................................................... 42
Figure 14. Dimensions of pier P4 ....................................................................................... 46
Figure 15. Alternative 3 general arrangement ..................................................................... 49
Figure 16. Main span section ............................................................................................. 50
Figure 17. Pylon section.................................................................................................... 51
Figure 18. Dimension of Abutment A0 ................................................................................ 60
Figure 19. Dimensions of abutment ................................................................................... 60
Figure 20. Diagram of balance cantilever stage ................................................................... 68
Figure 21. Diagram of casting the middle span ................................................................... 69
Figure 22. Moment diagram of stage 3............................................................................... 70
Figure 23. Moment diagram of stage 4............................................................................... 71
Figure 24. Negative moment tendons ................................................................................ 74
Figure 25. Positive moment tendons .................................................................................. 74
Figure 26. Geometric characteristics of section ................................................................... 75
Figure 27. Geometric characteristics of section ................................................................... 76
GRADUATION THESIS 6
Figure 28. Checking sections of pier P5 .............................................................................. 88
Figure 29. Reinforcement of pier P4 ..................................................................................104
Figure 30. Piers arrangement ...........................................................................................111
Figure 31. Piles arrangement at abutment A0 ....................................................................118
Figure 32. The Prime Minister inspects at incinerator at Dong Van industrial zone .................139
Figure 33. Valorization scenario of bottom ash [30]............................................................140
Figure 34. SEM images of bottom ash ...............................................................................141
Figure 35. Composition of bottom ash from various incinerator facilities (black dots) superimposed
on other materials commonly used in construction .............................................................143
Figure 36. Cracking caused by the oxidation of aluminum particles ......................................144
Figure 37. Analysis of mineral component of the bottom ash by X-ray diffraction. .................145
Figure 38. Laboratory results for CBR value under soaked condition of bottom ash and cement
.....................................................................................................................................147
Figure 39. Preparation of specimens of triaxial test ...........................................................147
Figure 40. Evolution of deviator stress in triaxial tests ........................................................148
Figure 41. Evolution of volumetric strain in triaxial tests .....................................................148
Figure 42. Treatment of bottom ash .................................................................................149
Figure 43. Transport works use bottom ash in France ........................................................150

__________________________________________________________________
Table 1. Weight of wearing surface.................................................................................... 22
Table 2. Summary of Dead Load ....................................................................................... 22
Table 3. Internal forces at maximum cantilever stage .......................................................... 24
Table 4. Internal forces at casting the side span ................................................................. 25
Table 5. Summary the Internal forces at stage 1................................................................. 25
Table 6. Internal forces of casting the middle span ............................................................. 26
Table 7. Internal forces at unloading erection load .............................................................. 27
Table 8. Internal forces at loading DW ............................................................................... 27
Table 9. Summation of Internal forces ............................................................................... 29
Table 10. Arrangement of tendons..................................................................................... 33
Table 11. Converted section at middle span ....................................................................... 36
GRADUATION THESIS 7
Table 12. Tendons arrangement at middle span ................................................................. 36
Table 13. Approach span structure .................................................................................... 39
Table 14. Superstructure structure .................................................................................... 44
Table 15. Hydrologic data ................................................................................................. 45
Table 16. Pier P3 structure ................................................................................................ 46
Table 17. Multiple Presence of Live Load ............................................................................ 52
Table 18. Summary of Dead Load ...................................................................................... 54
Table 19. Superstructure structure .................................................................................... 62
Table 20. Dimension of pylon ............................................................................................ 63
Table 21. Internal forces at sections in stage 5 ................................................................... 73
Table 22. Reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage I ............................................................ 89
Table 23. Reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage II ........................................................... 89
Table 24. Reaction caused by Live Load ............................................................................. 90
Table 25. Wind load on structures ..................................................................................... 92
Table 26. Wind load on structures ..................................................................................... 92
Table 27. Summation of loads acting on section I-I ............................................................. 95
Table 28. Summation of loads acting on section II-II .......................................................... 97
Table 29. Load combinations for section II-II ..................................................................... 99
Table 30. Flexural resistance that consider slenderness effect .............................................105
Table 31. Solid waste composition by income ....................................................................136
Table 32. Amounts of bottom ash produced in Europe........................................................137
Table 33. Physical Properties, geotechnical properties and hydrodynamic properties of bottom ash
.....................................................................................................................................141
Table 34. Amount of main chemical elements in bottom ash ...............................................143
Table 35. Amount of heavy metals in bottom ash...............................................................146
Table 36. Common reuse and recycle of bottom ash ..........................................................149
Table 37. Some examples of using bottom ash in road construction in France .....................150
Table 38. Bottom ash composition at some incineration plants [86] .....................................152
Table 39. Composition of some toxic substances in bottom ash at Dan Phuong plant ............152
GRADUATION THESIS 8
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
First and foremost, I would like to express the deep appreciation to my supervisor Dr. NGUYEN
Dang Hanh for his guidance in preparing this graduated project assignment and his precious
advice and support throughout my graduate study. He has made profound impact on my attitude
as well as my effort to not only do this project but also establish scientific method to conduct
researches and studies.
I also would like to express very special thanks other lectures in Construction Material and
International Education Faculty at University of Transport and Communications for giving me their
valuable advice and providing environment and information to complete my graduated project
assignment. Thanks to all the participants, the enthusiastic of the Material Laboratory who had
supported us. All these assistances have helped us obtain the necessary data to carry out and
completed our research and draw lessons for the necessary research and related later.
My appreciation also goes to all past and present lecturers in the University of Transport and
Communications for teaching and guiding me for 5 years. I am also thankful to my ATP K55
classmate who had been always beside and supported me through last 5 years.
Best regards!
GRADUATION THESIS 9
GENERAL INTRODUCTION
1. STANDARD SPECIFICATION
Design specification: 22TCN 272 – 05 .
Design load: HL – 93.
2. STRUCTURAL SCALE
Permanent bridge with service life > 100 years.
3. NAVIGATION CLEARANCE
Grade II with: H = 9 m
B = 60 m
4. BRIDGE WIDTH
2×3.75 + 2×2 + 2×0.5 = 12.5 (m)
5. GEOLOGIC AND HYDROGRAPHIC FEATURE
5.1. Geologic feature
Layer 1: Filling soil
Layer 2: Clay
Layer 3: Fine sand
5.2. Hydrographic feature
H 1%: +7.0 m
H 5%: +3.0 m
H 99%: +1.5 m
GRADUATION THESIS 10
PART 1
PRELIMINARY DESIGN
CHAPTER 1
ALTERNATIVE I: THREE-SPANS CONTINUOUS

PRESTRESSED CONCRETE BRIDGE
1.1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION ABOUT BALANCED CANTILEVER METHOD
- Cantilever method is a construction process in which the structural span is constructed

alternatively based on cantilever diagram until being connected as a complete bridge. It can be
balanced cantilever constructed from one pier (balanced cantilever method) or cantilever
constructed from one side of the river. The distinguishing advantage of this is saving scaffolding
cost by cantilever casting one block after another in the scaffolding. Besides, varied-depth cross
section construction requires only changing the height of formwork. In addition, this method is
independent from hydrographic and clearance under the bridge. This type of bridge is normal
used with the span 70m - 250m.
- In addition, cantilever method one of the most effective method in constructing long span bridge
in which we do not need concern much about formwork. This method has many advantages,
especially it does not affect to traffic flow in construction time or in the case scaffolding formation
is very difficult (example, passing deep valleys…). However, this method also required deep study
in that how structure work, internal forces changes and distribution as well as effects of creep,
shrinkage and prestress losses in each construction stage, high level of construction.
- In Vietnam, the balance cantilever continuous pre-stressed concrete bridge is applied at Phu
Luong Bridge, Phu Dong Bridge, Non Nuoc Bridge, Tan De Bridge, Ha Hoa Bridge, Ngoc Thap
Bridge…
- From all above analysis, I choose the alternative five span continuous pre-stressed concrete
bridge constructed with balanced cantilever method.
1.2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.2.1. Design specifications
Specifications: 22TCN 272 - 05 of the Ministry of Transport
1.2.2. Structural layout
1.2.2.1. General arrangement of bridge
- Span arrangement: 2×33 + 80 + 120 + 80 + 2×3 = 412 (m)
- Overall bridge length (up to abutment ends): L = 423.601 (m)
- The structure includes 2 approach spans at each side and 3 main free cantilever spans.
- The main spans lay on a vertical curve with the radius R = 4000m. The approach spans lay on
longitudinal slope of i = 4% (TCVN 4054-2005).
- The crossfall is 2%.
Figure 1. Alternative 1 general arrangements
1.2.2.2. Superstructure
- Main span:
+ Continuous five spans: 80m + 120m + 80m, constructed by free cantilever method.
+ The height of girder at the pier:
1 1 1 1
𝐻0 = ( − ) 𝐿0 = ( − ) 120 = 7.5𝑚~6𝑚 => 6.0(𝑚)
16 20 16 20
+ The height of girder at the middle span:
1 1 1 1
ℎ=( − ) 𝐿0 = ( − ) 120 = 4.0𝑚~3.0𝑚 => 3.0(𝑚).
30 40 30 40
+ The elevation of the bottom edge of the girder is varied following the parabolic rule to
ensure the reasonable bearing capacity and the aesthetical demand of the girder.
+ The cross-section has inclined web:
• The slab depth: tb = 30 (cm);
• Bottom depth: at the support section: 80cm; at the mid span section: 30cm;
• Cantilever arm depth: hc = 25 cm;
• Web depth: ts = 50 cm.
- Approach span:
+ Simple girder: Pre-stressed I-girder with the length of 33 m.
+ The height of the cross section: h = 1.65 m.
- Structural material:
+ Concrete:
𝑓𝑐′ = 45 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝛾𝑐 = 25 𝑘𝑁/𝑚3
𝐸𝑐 = 0.043 × 𝛾𝑐1.5 × √𝑓𝑐′ = 36056.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎
+ Prestressed reinforcement of VSL Brand according to standard ASTM A416M - Grade

270:
• Strand diameter Dps = 15.2 mm
• Strand area Astr = 140 mm2
• Grade: 270 (low relaxation)
• Specified tensile strength: fpu = 1860 MPa
• Yield strength: fpy = 0.9×fpu = 0.9×1860 MPa = 1674 MPa
• Young’s Modulus: Ep = 197000 MPa
• Friction factor: μ = 0.2
• Wobble friction factor (per 1 mm tendon): K = 6.6×10-7 (mm-1)
+ Reinforcement: using the deformed reinforcement ASTM A706M with the

parameters:
• Yield strength: fy = 420 MPa
• Elastic modulus: Es = 200000 MPa
Figure 2. Main span section
- Approach span using the prestressed reinforcement concrete beam:
+ Number of approach spans: 4 spans I-girder
+ Girders’ height: 1.65m
+ Prestressing strands: 5 tendons 12 strands 12.7mm diameter
+ Cross beam
Figure 3. Approach span section
1.2.2.3. Substructure
- Pier:
+ Using solid pier by reinforced concrete, 𝑓𝑐′ = 35 𝑀𝑃𝑎
+ Foundation alternative: Drilled shafts with D = 1.5 m
- Abutment:
+ Using U-shape abutment by reinforced concrete, 𝑓𝑐′ = 35 𝑀𝑃𝑎, cast-in-placed.
+ Foundation alternative: Drilled shafts with D = 1.5m.
1.2.3. Bridge deck and utilities
- The thickNess of wearing coat: 12 (cm) includes:
+ Crown layer : 2 cm;
+ Water proofing layer : 1 cm;
+ Protective concrete layer : 4 cm;
+ Asphalt concrete : 5 cm.
- The number of expansion joints: 4.
1.3. DESIGN DATA
1.3.1. Design load
- Design vehicular live load follows HL – 93:
+ Truck weight: 325 kN;
+ Tandem weight: 220 kN;
+ Lane load: 9.3 N/mm = 9.3 kN/m.
- Form traveler weight: 1200 kN.
- Construction load: 2.4 kN/m2.
1.3.2. Design factors
1.3.2.1. Load factors
Follows Table 3.4.1 in 22TCN272-05:
- For 1st stage Dead load: 𝛾𝐷𝐶 = 1.25;
- For 2nd stage Dead load: 𝛾𝐷𝐶 = 1.5;
- For Live load (truck, tandem and lane): 𝛾𝐿𝐿 = 1.75.
1.3.2.2. Multiple presence of Live load (m)
Multiple presence of Live load follows Table 3.6.1.1.2.1 – 22TCN272-05)
Number of loaded lanes Multiple presence factor ‘m’

1 1.20
2 1.00
3 0.85
>3 0.65
According to design data, bridge is designed with 2 lanes => m = 1
1.3.2.3. Dynamic Allowance load (IM)
Dynamic Allowance Load follows Table 3.6.2.1-1 – 22TCN272-05
Component IM
Deck Joints
75%
All Limit States
All Other Components
• Fatigue and Fracture Limit States 15%

• All Other Limit States 25%
1.4. SPAN CALCULATION
1.4.1. Calculation requirement for the preliminary alternative
- In this alternative, we calculate the span in Service stage.
- Check the bearing capacity of two sections:
+ Support section (at the pier)
+ Middle span section
- Calculate one pier, one abutment: Check and determine the number of drilled shaft piles needed.
- It can be used the shaped structure for the approach spans.
1.4.2. Determine the basic dimensions of the bridge
- We need to check two sections of 1-1 and 2-2 as shown in the figure below.
- Span length: With the continuous structure, length of side span is equal Lnb= (0.6 ÷ 0.7) Lng
where Lng is length of mid span. In this alternative I choose:
+ Length of mid span Lng = 120 m.
+ Side span: Lnb = 80 m.
- Determine the dimensions of section: Based on the personal experience I choose the cross
section as shown in the figure:
1.4.3. Calculate the geometric characteristic of cross-section
1.4.3.1. Arrange the segment
- In order to make it simple for erection and suitable with the erection devices, I decided to divide
the beam into segments as below:
+ Segment at the pier Ko: do = 12 m (when erecting, we will simultaneous install two
form travelers above it);
+ Middle closure segment: dhl = 2 m;
+ Side closure segments: dhl = 2 m;
+ Length of segment on the scaffolding: ddg = 19 m;
+ Segments K1, K2, K3, K4, K5, K6: Segments’ length: d = 2.5 m;
+ Segments K7, K8, K9, K10, K11, K12: Segments’ length: d = 3.0 m;
+ Segments K13, K14, K15, K16, K17: Segments’ length: d = 4 m.
- Segment divided layout
Figure 4. Segment divided layout
1.4.3.2. Determine the varying-depth equation
- Assume that the depth is varied according to the parabolic equation, the top of parabola is
placed at the mid span section.
- The parabolic arch intersects with the X-axis near bearing position.
- The equation is y = ax2 + bx +c
B
(0,0) X
- Original coordinate is set from bearing shoes 1.75 m.
- Coordinate point (0,0) on curve, so the equation of curve is y = ax2 + bx.
- We have the couple of coordinate point A (57.25; 3.423), B (116.5; 0).
- Hence, the equation is: 𝑦 = −0.001009117869𝑥 2 + 0.1175622317𝑥
1.4.3.3. Determine the varying-depth of beam bottom
- We can calculate this equation similarly with the equation above, so we have the result:
𝑦 = −0.001375583536𝑥 2 + 0.112704612𝑥 + 0.8
1.4.3.4. Determine the elevation of the center of girder
- The girder is designed with the longitudinal slope of 4%, and the radius R = 4000m.
1.4.3.5. Determine basic dimensions of girder
- Base on two equations above, we can calculate some basic dimensions of the girder which is
shown at Appendix 1.1. In which:
+ y1: Elevation of beam bottom parabolic;
+ y2: Elevation of the varying-beam bottom depth parabolic;
+ y3: Elevation of the center of girder;
+ t: Beam bottom depth;
+ b: Beam bottom width.
1.4.3.6. Calculate the geometric characteristics of cross-sections
- Using Midas Civil to calculate the geometric characteristics of cross-sections. The geometric
characteristics of the girder cross-sections is shown in Appendix 1.2. In which:
+ A: The area of changed section.
+ yo: Distance from the centroid axis to girder bottom.
+ Ix: Moment of gyration of the cross-section via the centroid axis.
+ Iy: Moment of gyration of the cross-section via the centroid axis.
+ hd: The height of changed bottom section.
1.4.3.7. Conversion section
- Principle conversion:
+ The height of cross-section has no

changes.
+ The area of cross-section has no

changes.
- Converting cross-section at pier:
+ The width of top flange: btf =

12500mm
+ The height of top flange: htf =

524mm Figure 5. Converted section
+ The width of web: tw = 951mm
+ The height of web: hw = 4645mm
+ The width of bold: bbf = 6400mm
+ The height of bold: hbf = 831mm
- Converting cross-section at middle span:
+ The width of top flange: bs = 12500mm
+ The height of top flange: hs = 524mm
+ The width of web: tw = 526mm
+ The height of web: Dw = 2131mm
+ The width of bold: bb = 7276mm
+ The height of bold: tb = 312mm
1.4.4. Calculate the dead load in stages I and II
1.4.4.1. Dead load in stage I
- In order to calculate simply, we assume that the height of section is varied following linear laws
and DC is uniform load.
- From the above geometric characteristics of sections, we can calculate the weight of each
segment based on the formula below:
+ The dead load of each segment:
𝑄𝐾𝑖 = 𝛾𝑐 × 𝑉𝐾𝑖
+ The standard dead load in stage I:
𝑄𝐾𝑖
𝐷𝐶𝐾𝑡𝑐𝑖 =
𝐿𝐾𝑖
+ The calculated dead load in stage I:
𝑄𝐾𝑖
𝐷𝐶𝐾𝑡𝑡𝑖 = 𝑛𝑡𝑡1 ×
𝐿𝐾𝑖
Dead load in stage I is shown at Appendix 1.3.
1.4.4.2. Dead load in stage II
- The dead load in stage II has some components:
+ Weight of barrier;
+ Weight of hand railing;
+ Weight of wearing surface layer.
- Calculate the weight of wearing surface:
Table 1. Weight of wearing surface
Name of quantity Depth (m) 𝜸𝒂 (kN/m3) P (kN/m2)

Fine asphalt concrete layer 0.07 23 1.61
Medium asphalt concrete layer 0.05 23 1.15
Waterproofing layer 0.004 15 0.06
TOTAL 2.82
The uniform weight of wearing surface:
𝑡𝑐
𝐷𝑊𝑚𝑐 = 2.82 × (12.5 − 2 × 0.5) = 𝟑𝟐. 𝟒𝟑 (𝑘𝑁/𝑚)
- Calculate the weight of parapet + hand railing:
+ Uniform weight of column and hand railing can be assumed, qtvlc = 0.1 kN/m.
+ Uniform weight of parapet’s leg can be calculated as:
𝑞𝑑𝑐 = 2 × 0.75 × 𝑏𝑑𝑐 × ℎ𝑑𝑐 × 𝛾𝑐
Where,
• bclc: Parapet leg width, bclc = 0.5m;
• hclc: Parapet height, hclc = 0.6m;
• gc: Unit weight of concrete, gc = 25 KN/m3;
• qclc = 2×0.75×0.5×0.6×25 = 11.25 KN/m.
1.4.4.3. Summary Dead load table
Table 2: Summary of Dead Load
NAME OF QUANTITY SYMBOL VALUE UNIT
Standard Dead load in Stage I DCtc 303.23 KN/m
Calculated Dead load in Stage I DCtt 379.04 KN/m
Standard Dead load in Stage II DWtc 43.88 KN/m
Calculated Dead load in Stage II DWtt 65.82 KN/m
Total Standard Dead load gtc 347.11 KN/m
Total Calculated Dead load gtt 444.86 KN/m
1.4.5. Calculate the internal forces
The internal forces in all cross sections are divided into 2 stages: Construction stage and service
stage.
- Construction stage:
+ System 1a: Maximum cantilever stage
+ System 1b: Casting the side span closure segment stage
- Service stage:
+ System 2: Casting the middle span closure segment stage
+ System 3: Removing construction load
+ System 4: Putting the dead load stage II
+ System 5: Service
1.4.5.1. Construction stage
STAGE 1: System 1a – Maximum cantilever stage
Figure 6. Diagram of maximum cantilever stage
- Loads:
+ Segment self-weights (Dead load in stage I);
+ Uniform erection load: qTC = 2.4 kN/m2;
+ Erection load: qtc = 31.2 kN/m;
+ Weight of form traveler: PXD = 1200 KN.
- Using the program of Midas 7.01 to calculate and analyze the internal force, we have
the maximum moment at pier section in the erection stage:
Table 3. Internal forces at maximum cantilever stage
Stages Mtc Mtt Unit
Cantilever stage -545233.9 -681542.375 kN.m
System 1b – Casting the side span closure segment stage
After casting the last segment, we start casting the side span:
Figure 7: Diagram of casting the side span
- Loads:
+ Segment self-weight (Dead load in stage I);
+ Uniform erection load: qTC = 2.4 kN/m2;
+ Erection load: qtc = 31.2 kN/m;
+ Weight of form traveler: PXD = 1200 KN.
the maximum moment at pier section in the erection stage:
Table 4. Internal forces at casting the side span
Stage Mtc Mtt Unit
Casting side span -582729.4 -728411.75 kN.m
- Summary the internal force at stage 1
We take the maximum internal force in stage 1: M = max (M1a; M1b).
Table 5: Summary the Internal forces at stage 1
Stages Mtc Mtt Unit
Cantilever stage -545233.9 -681542.375 kN.m
Casting side span -582729.4 -728411.75 kN.m
Maximum value -582729.4 -728411.75 kN.m
1.4.5.2. Service stage
We use superposition theory with system 2, 3, 4, 5 to summary the internal force in service stage.
STAGE 2: STAGE OF CASTING THE MIDDLE SPAN CLOSURE SEGMENT
1/2PXD 1/2PXD
qtc 1/2PHL 1/2PHL
qbt
Figure 8. Diagram of casting the middle span
- Loads:
+ Weight of 1 form traveler: PXD = 1200 KN;
+ Weight of the closure segment’s wet concrete;
+ Erection load: qtc = 31.2 kN/m.
the maximum moment at pier section and side section:
Table 6. Internal forces of casting the middle span
Stage Mtc Mtt Unit
Casting middle span closure segment -545218.1 -681522.625 kN.m
STAGE 3: THE STAGE OF UNLOADING THE ERECTION LOAD
1/2PXD 1/2PXD
qtc
Figure 9. Diagram of unloading the erection load
- Loads:
+ Unloading erection load;
+ Unloading form traveler load.
Table 7. Internal forces at unloading erection load
Moment Pier section Middle span section Unit
Standard moment of stage 3 51325.9 -22039.8 kN.m
Calculated moment of stage 3 64157.4 -27549.7 kN.m
STAGE 4: THE STAGE OF LOADING DW
DL2
Figure 10. Diagram of loading DW
- Loads: + DW
Table 8. Internal forces at loading DW
Moment Pier section Middle span section Unit
Standard moment of stage 4 -80526.5 21526.5 kN.m
Calculated moment of stage 4 -100658.1 26908.1 kN.m
STAGE 5: THE STAGE OF LOADING LIVE LOAD
- Loads:
+ Standard live load: HL 93;
+ To calculate the maximum positive moment of section at middle span, we use

2 combinations:
• Combination 1: Truck + Lane;
• Combination 2: Tandem + Lane;
+ To calculate the maximum negative moment of section at pier, we use

combination as below:
• Combination 3: 90% Truck + 90% Lane (two trucks are placed with
the distance of 15m, the axle distance is 4,3 m).
1 - Draw the influence line at the support and middle section
- Using the program of Midas 7.01 for drawing the moment influence line:
Influence line at pier section
Influence line at middle span section
2 - Loading live load on influence line to calculate the moment according to live load
- At middle span section:
+ HL93K + Lane
+ HL93M + Lane
- At pier section:
+ HL93S + Lane
- We have a summary table as below:
Span section at pier Middle span section

Combinations
Standard Calculated Standard Calculated
moment moment moment moment
HL93K+Lane 12306.4 21536.2
HL93M+Lane 10655.8 18647.7
90%(HL93S+Lane) -29318.5 -51307.4
Maximum moment -29318.5 -51307.4 12306.4 21536.2
1.4.6. The summation of internal forces
Table 9. Summation of Internal forces
Erection stage Service stage

Sections Unit
Mtc Mtt Mtc Mtt
Pier section -545233.9 -681542.4 -585929.0 -732411.25 kN.m
Middle span section -1941.4 -2426.8 -4683.1 -5853.9 kN.m
1.4.7. Reinforcement calculation and arrangement
1.4.7.1. Properties of material

+ Concrete:
𝑓𝑐′ = 45 𝑀𝑃𝑎
𝛾𝑐 = 25 𝑘𝑁/𝑚3
𝐸𝑐 = 0.043 × 𝛾𝑐1.5 × √𝑓𝑐′ = 36056.6 𝑀𝑃𝑎
+ Prestressed reinforcement of VSL Brand according to standard ASTM A416M - Grade

270:
• Strand diameter Dps = 15.2 mm
• Strand area Astr = 140 mm2
• Grade: 270 (low relaxation)
• Yield strength: fpy = 0.9×fpu = 0.9×1860 MPa = 1674 MPa
• Young’s Modulus: Ep = 197000 MPa
• Friction factor: μ = 0.2
• Wobble friction factor (per 1 mm tendon): K = 6.6×10-7 (mm-1)
+ Reinforcement: using the deformed reinforcement ASTM A706M with the

parameters:
• Yield strength: fy = 420 MPa
• Elastic modulus: Es = 200000 MPa
1.4.7.2. Formula
- Determine the neutral axis of the section:
ℎ𝑓
𝑀𝑡𝑡 = 𝑀𝑐 = 𝐴′𝑠 × 𝑓𝑦 × (𝑑𝑝 − 𝑑𝑠′ ) + 𝐴𝑠 × 𝑓𝑦 × (𝑑𝑠 − 𝑑𝑝 ) + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝑏𝛽1 ℎ𝑓 (𝑑𝑝 − )
2
+ Assume that the neutral axis’ cross the below edge of the flange, we have c = hf;
+ Make the sum of moment via the centroid of prestressed reinforcement, we have:
• If MTTmax < MC => The neutral axis crosses the flange, in that case we calculate
the section by the formula for the rectangular section;
• If MTTmax > MC => The neutral axis crosses the web, in that case we calculate
the section by the formula for the T-section;
+ After determined the neutral axis, we can solve the two-degree equation to get the
correspondent compression zone depth “a”;
+ Determine the compression zone depth c by the formula: c = a/β1
- Calculate the needed prestressed reinforcement area
+ In case of the neutral axis cross the web:
𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 ℎ𝑓 (𝑏 − 𝑏𝑊 ) + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 𝑎𝑏𝑊 − 𝐴𝑆 𝑓𝑦

𝐴𝑝𝑠 =
𝑓𝑝𝑠
+ In case of neutral axis cross the flange:
𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 𝑏𝑎 − 𝐴𝑆 𝑓𝑦
𝐴𝑝𝑠 =
𝑓𝑝𝑠
In which,
• Aps: Area of prestressed reinforcement;
• d: Distance from the compression edge to the centroid of prestressed

reinforcement;
• f c’: Compression strength of concrete at the age of 28 days, fc’ = 45 MPa;
• b: Width of compression section;
• bw: Web thickNess;
• hf: Compression flange depth;
• β1: Concrete stress factor, β1 = 0.729 according to 5.7.2.2 (22TCN-272-05);
• fpu: Tensile strength of prestressed reinforcement, fpu = 1860 MPa;
• fpy: Yield strength of prestressed reinforcement, fpy = 90%fpu = 1674 MPa

(group of 25 strands);
• c: Distance between the compressive edge and the neutral axis, assumed
that the tendon is yielded;
• a: Depth of the equivalent stress block, a = c×β1;
• fps: Average tendon stress in cordance with the nominal flexural resistance
following the formula 5.7.3.1.1-1.
𝑐
𝑓𝑝𝑠 = 𝑓𝑝𝑢 (1 − 𝑘 )
𝑑𝑝
𝑓𝑝𝑦
𝑘 = 2 × (1.04 − )
𝑓𝑝𝑢
+ Maximum and minimum tensile reinforcement:
𝑐 𝑓𝑐′
≤ 0.42; 𝜌𝑚𝑖𝑛 ≥ 0.03
𝑑𝑒 𝑓𝑦
1.4.7.3. Conversion section
- The box girder can be changed into the T-section as below:
Figure 11. Diagram of converting section
- Formula:
ℎ𝑡′ = (2𝐹𝑐 + 2𝐹2 + 𝐹1 + 2𝐹𝑣𝑡 )/𝐵
𝑏𝑐 = 𝐵
ℎ𝑑′ = (2𝐹𝑣𝑑 + 𝐹𝑑 )/𝑏𝑑
In which,
𝐹𝑐 = ℎ𝑐′ 𝑥𝑡; 𝐹1 = ℎ𝑡 𝑥𝑡0
(ℎ𝑛𝑔 − ℎ𝑡 )𝑣 + 𝑡𝑣
𝐹2 = (ℎ𝑛𝑔 − ℎ𝑡 ) (𝑤 + 𝑏𝑣 + )
2
𝐻 ′ = (𝐻 − ℎ𝑛𝑔 − ℎ𝑑 )√1 + 𝑣 2
𝐹𝑤 = 2𝑤𝐻 ′ ; 𝐹𝑑 = 𝑏𝑑 × ℎ𝑑 + 𝑣ℎ𝑑2
Converted sections is shown at Appendix 4.16
Appendix 4.17 determines effective flange width of compressive flange.
1.4.7.4. Calculation and arrangement reinforcement of pier section.
a. Conversion section
Symbol Value Unit

btf 12500 mm
htf 524 mm
tw 1007 mm
hw 3678 mm
bbf 5900 mm
hbf 789 mm
- Calculated table:
Table 10. Arrangement of tendons
Calculated moment of pier section Mtt 681542.4 kN.m
Height of section h 6000 mm
Concrete stress factor 𝛽1 0.729
Distance from bottom flange of cross-section

ap 200 mm
to the centroid of the prestressing tendons
Effective depth dp 5378.5 mm
Moment in case of neutral axis crossing top

Mc 598935 kN.m
edge of bottom flange
Crossing
Location of neutral axis TTH
the flange
Correspondent compression zone depth a 591.5 mm
Distance between the compressive edge and

c 811.8 mm
the neutral axis
Maximum tensile reinforcement c/dp 0.169 < 0.42
Average tendon stress fps 1770.56 MPa
Requirement prestressed reinforcement area (Aps)ct 54925 mm2
Number of strands in a tendon ntao 25 strand
Area of a tendon Aps1 3525 mm2
Requirement of tendons nct 22.38 tendon
Chose 42 tendons, each of them including 25 strands 15.2 mm. Area of prestressed
reinforcements: Aps = 84600 mm2.
b. Check the pier section according to Strength Limit State I
- Assume that the neutral axis crosses the top edge of the bottom flange, we have c = hbf;
- Consider the balance force in accordance with horizontal direction:
𝑁1 = 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 ℎ𝑏𝑓 𝑏𝑏𝑓 + 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 = 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑠 + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 = 𝑁2
- Compare:
+ If N1 > N2 => The neutral axis cross bottom flange, in that case we calculate the
section by the formula for the rectangular section.
+ If N1 <= N2 => The neutral axis crosses the web, in that case we calculate the section
by the formula for the T-section.
- Calculate the compressive depth c:
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ hbf), we have:
𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑢 + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 𝑡𝑤 + 𝑘𝐴𝑝𝑠
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c > hbf), in that case we have:
𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑢 + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 − 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 (𝑏𝑏𝑓 − 𝑡𝑤 )ℎ𝑏𝑓

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
𝑑𝑝
- Determine the nominal moment resistance of cross section at pier:
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ hbf):
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑠 (𝑑𝑝 − ) + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠 − ) − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠′ − )
2 2 2
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c>hbf), in that case we have:
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 ℎ𝑏𝑓
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑠 (𝑑𝑝 − ) + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠 − ) − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠′ − ) + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 (𝑏𝑏𝑓 − 𝑡𝑤 )ℎ𝑏𝑓 ( − )
2 2 2 2 2
- The factored moment resistance of cross-section at pier:
𝑀𝑟 = 𝜑𝑀𝑛
- Calculated table, check for tendons arrangement:
Arrangement prestressed reinforcement Area Aps 84600 mm2
Effective depth dp 4800 mm
Compression force in flange N1 136599.6 KN
Tensile force N2 149789.8 KN
Location of the neutral axis TTH Cross web
Compressive depth c 1194.2 mm
Maximum tensile reinforcement c/dp 0.249 < 0,42
The nominal moment resistance of cross section Mn 640521.46 KN.m
The factored moment resistance of cross section Mr 576469.32 KN.m
Check by Strength Limit State I Mr/Mtt 1.32 OK
1.4.7.5. Calculation and arrangement of reinforcement of middle span section.
a. Conversion section
Table 11: Converted section at middle span
Symbol Value Unit
btf 14200 mm
tf 362.5 mm
tw 1100 mm
hw 1554.8 mm
bbf 7200 mm
hbf 282.64 mm
- Calculated table:
Table 12: Tendons arrangement at middle span
Calculated moment of pier section Mtt 24095.6 kN.m
Height of section h 3000 mm
Concrete stress factor β1 0.73
Distance from top flange of cross-section to

ap 150 mm
the centroid of the prestressing tendons
Moment in case of neutral axis crossing

Mc 339394 kN.m
bottom edge of top flange
Location of neutral axis TTH Cross flange
Distance between the compressive edge

c 50.5 mm
and the neutral axis
Maximum tensile reinforcement c/dp 0.024651 < 0.42
Requirement prestressed reinforcement

(Aps)ct 7222 mm2
area
Number of strands in a tendon ntao 19 strands
Area of a tendon Aps1 2679 mm2
Requirement tendons nct 2.7 tendon
- Chose 8 tendons, each of them including 19 strands 15.2 mm. Area of prestressed
reinforcements: Aps = 21432 mm2.
b. Check the middle span section according to Strength Limit State I
- Assume that the neutral axis crosses the top edge of the bottom flange, we have c = htf;
- Compare:
+ If N1 <= N2 => The neutral axis crosses the web, in that case we calculate the section
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ htf), we have:

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 𝑏𝑡𝑓 + 𝑘𝐴𝑝𝑠
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c > htf), in that case we have:

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ hbt):
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
2 2 2
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c>htf), in that case we have:
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 ℎ𝑡𝑓
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑠 (𝑑𝑝 − ) + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠 − ) − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠′ − ) + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 (𝑏𝑡𝑓 − 𝑡𝑤 )ℎ𝑡𝑓 ( − )
2 2 2 2 2
- Calculated table, check for tendons arrangement at middle span:
Name of quantity Symbol Value Unit
Arrangement prestressed reinforcement Area Aps 21432 mm2
Compression force in flange N1 189814.7 KN
Tensile force N2 39584.1 KN
Location of the neutral axis TTH Cross flange
Compressive depth c 108.38 mm
Maximum tensile reinforcement c/dp 0.053 < 0,42
The nominal moment resistance of cross section Mn 78941.7 KN.m
The factored moment resistance of cross section Mr 71047.53 KN.m
Check by Strength Limit Stage I Mr/Mtt 2.95 OK
1.5. ABUTMENT CALCULATION
1.5.1. Approach span structure
Table 13. Approach span structure
Type of beam I-33m
Number of beams N 5 m
Distance between 2 girders S 2.450 m
Cantilever arm length Sk 1.175 m
Length of beam L 33.0 m
Calculated Length Ls 32.3 m
Bridge width W 12 m
Number of lanes N 4 Lanes
Multiple presence factor m 0.65
Dynamic Load Allowance IM 0.25
Specific gravity of concrete 𝛾c 25 kN/m3
Number of cross beams Nn 25
Deck depth hf 0.2 m
Asphalt concrete depth t1 0.12 m
Proofing water depth t2 0.004 M
Main girder fc1’ 45 MPa

Compression strength of concrete at
the age of 28 days
Deck fc2’ 35 MPa
- Cross section of approach span:
Figure 12. Approach span section
- Dimensions of the cross section

Girder height H= 1.650 (m)
Bottom bulb height h1 = 0.250 (m)

Bottom haunch height h2 = 0.225 (m)
Web depth h3 = 0.90 (m)
Top haunch height (at middle span section) h4 = 0.10 (m)
Top haunch height (at support) h'4 = 0.10 (m)
Upper edge height h5 = 0.120 (m)
Top edge height h6 = 0.080 (m)

Web height at support h7 = 1.450 (m)
Bottom bulb width b1 = 0.650 (m)
Web width b2 = 0.200 (m)
Top flange width b3 = 0.850 (m)

Top edge width b4 = 0.650 (m)
Bottom haunch width: b5 = (b1 - b2)/2 b5 = 0.225 (m)
Top haunch width: b6 = (b3 - b2)/2 b6 = 0.325 (m)

Composite beam height: h = H + ts h= 1.85 (m)
Length of solid beam at the heads Lđ = 1.00 (m)
Length of tapered web beam LV = 1.50 (m)
- Dimensions of cross beam:
+ Height of cross beam: Hn = h3 + h2 + h4 + h5 = 1.345m;
+ Cross beam width: bn = 0.2m;
+ Cross beam length: ln = 2.250m.
1.5.2. Abutment structure
Figure 13. Dimensions of abutment
- Abutment type: U-shaped abutment by reinforced concrete, fc’ = 35 MPa;
- Foundation pile: Drilled shaft piles with D = 1.5m;
- Dimension of abutment and cross section:
ORDER NAME OF DIMENSIONS SYMBOL VALUE UNIT
LONGITUDINAL DIMENSIONS
1 Footing width (longitudinal) a1 7.000 m
2 Wing wall width (body part) a2 5.000 m
3 Trunk wall thickNess a3 2.000 m
Distance from back wall to outer edge of

4 a4 1.500 m
footing
5 Wing wall width (tail part) a5 2.130 m
6 Wing wall width (total) a6 5.130 m
Distance from top wall to outer edge of

7 a7 1.500 m
footing
8 Top wall thickNess a8 0.500 m
9 Dimension of transition slab bearing a9 0.300 m
Distance from bearing center to outer

10 a10 0.750 m
edge of trunk wall
Dimension of padstone in longitudinal
11 a11 0.900 m
direction
12 Backfill width in front of abutment a12 0.000 m
13 Footing thickNess b1 2.000 m
14 Dimension of wing wall (vertical) b2 1.960 m
Abutment height (from bottom of footing

17 b5 7.170 m
to top wall)
18 Trunk wall height b6 3.445 m
19 Top wall height b7 1.950 m
20 Total height of trunk wall and top wall b8 5.395 m
21 Padstone height b9 0.200 m
Distance from top of transition slab

22 b10 0.600 m
bearing to top of railing edge
23 Dimension of transition slab bearing b11 0.300 m
HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS
1 Wing wall thickNess c1 0.5 m
2 Footing width (horizontal) c2 13 m
3 Abutment width (horizontal) c3 12 m
4 Padstone width c4 1 m
5 The number of padstones ng 5
TRANSITION SLAB
Transition slab length in longitudinal

1 lqd 4.500 m
direction
Transition slab width in horizontal
2 bqd 11.50 m
direction
3 ThickNess of Transition slab tqd 0.200 m
1.6. PIER CALCULATION
1.6.1. Superstructure structure
Table 14. Superstructure structure
The number of main beams N 1 beam
Main span length Lng 120 m
Side span length Lnb 80 m
Height of girder at pier Hdt 6.0 m
Height of girder at middle span Hg 3.0 m
Bridge width B 12 m
Number of lanes n 2 lane
Multiple presence factor m 1
Standard average Dead Load in Stage I (DC) DCtb 303.23 kN/m
Standard Dead Load in Stage II (DW) DWtc 43.88 kN/m
Unit weight of concrete c 25 kN/m3
Unit weight of water n 9.81 kN/m3
1.6.2. Pier P4 structure
- Hydrologic data of P4 construction site:
Table 15. Hydrologic data
Type of pier Solid pier by reinforced concrete
Type of pile Drilled shafts with D = 1,5m
Highest water level MNCN 3.50 m
Navigation water level MNTT 1.00 m
Lowest water level MNTN -1.40 m
Construction water level MNTC -0.9 m
Ground level CDTN -7.472 m
Scour depth Hscour 2.240 m
Ground level after scouring CDSX -9.982 m
Top footing level CDDB -7.472 m
Bottom footing level CDDaB -10.472 m
- Dimensions of pier:
Figure 14. Dimensions of pier P4
Table 16. Pier P3 structure
NAME OF DIMENSION SYMBOL VALUE UNIT
Pier shaft width (horizontal) bh 9.5 m
Curve- tapered diameter of pier shaft r 1.5 m
Remain pier shaft width bc 6.0 m
Pier shaft thickNess dh 3.5 m
Pier height (from top of footing to top of pier) hc 18 m
Dimension of footing (horizontal) b 20.5 m
Dimension of footing (longitudinal) d 11.5 m
Footing thickNess hm 3 m
- Hydrologic data of P6 construction site.
Type of pier Solid pier by reinforced concrete
Type of pile Drilled shaft with D=1,5m
Construction water level MNTC -0.9 m
Ground level CDTN -5.41 m
Ground level after scouring CDSX -5.422 m
Top footing level CDDB -7.53 m
Bottom footing level CDDaB -10.53 m
CHAPTER 2
ALTERNATIVE II: CABLE - STAYED BRIDGE
2.1. GENERAL INTRODUCTION
- In the trends of industrialization and modernization in Viet Nam, infrastructure construction is

the essential problem. On the other hand, transport construction, maintenance and upgrade are
important.
- One of the needed requirements for the now-and-the-future bridge is: not only satisfy the need
of modern transportation but also has an economic, esthetical bridge to make a symbol of
Vietnam in the future.
- In the past, when designing the bridge, the designer often used the steel bridge, concrete bridge
and prestressed concrete bridge… with the simple or continuous span. These types of bridge are
just economic with the small and medium length.
- Therefore, we need to design a bridge with longer span, simple construction and has an
esthetical shape.
- Researching some developed and developing countries, we can see that, with the span of 50 to
150 m, the prestressed concrete bridge which is erected with the cantilever method has highly
effective. The maximum span from this type of bridge is 240 m (Hamana Bridge, Japan).
However, the limited economical span of this type is just only 200 m.
- The cable-stayed bridge is the non-deformed structure, so it can ensure the good rigidity. The
system works like a girder placed on elastic bearings (cable). The increase of elastic bearing not
only does not make the increasement of cable mass and the compression in the girder but also
make the reduction of flexural moment in the girder, especially when it subjected to the dead
load. Therefore, the cable-stayed bridge can spread larger span length when the mass is
increased neglectable
- Moreover, in the development history of bridge, the cable-stayed bridge has had a large concern
of the researchers, designers and architects. From the time the first cable-stayed bridge built at
Stralsund, Sweden, in 1955, the cable-stayed bridges are built all over the world
- One favorite basic characteristic of this type of bridge is the diversity. The bridge can have
different span length, cable plane or cable layout. The shape and the height of the pylon are also
the beautiful characteristic
- The cable-stayed bridge with the advantages of bearing capacity, reasonably erection
technology, and diversity are one of the important building of many country.
- In Vietnam, the first cable-stayed bridge was built in 1976 at Da Krong (Quang Tri) but by the
end of February in 1999 this bridge was collapsed, and then until 2000, this bridge had been
fixed with reinforced concrete. Another cable-stayed bridge is My Thuan bridge (Tien Giang –
Vinh Long) in 1998 – 2001, Han River bridge (Da Nang), Bai Chay bridge, Can Tho bridge….
2.2. GENERAL DISCRIPTION
2.2.1. Design Specifications
- Specifications: 22TCN 272 – 05 of the Ministry of Transport.
2.2.2. Structure layout
2.2.2.1. General arrangement of bridge

- Span arrangement: 102 + 212 + 102 m
- Overall bridge length (up to abutment ends): L = 430.642m
- The structure includes 3 spans cable-stayed bridge.
- The profile is laid on a vertical curve with the radius R = 5000m. Connecting with the circular
curve is longitudinal gradient i = 4%.
- The crossfall is 2%.
Figure 15. Alternative 3 general arrangement

2.2.2.2. Superstructure
- The cross section of major beam is TT shape with invariable depth H = 2.2 m;
- Structural material
+ Concrete:
• Compression strength at the age of 28 days: fc’ = 45 MPa.
• Unit weight of concrete: 𝛾𝑐 = 25 kN/𝑚3
• Modulus of elasticity:
𝐸𝑐 = 0.043𝛾𝑐1.5 √𝑓𝑐′ = 36056.6 MPa
+ Prestressed reinforcement of cable: ASTM A416M – Grade 270:
• Strand diameter: Dps = 15.2 mm
• Strand area: Aps = 140 mm2
• Tensile stress in the reinforcement at service loads fsa = 0.45fpu = 837 MPa
• Modulus of Elasticity Ep = 197000 MPa
+ Prestressed reinforcement of girder: ASTM A416M – Grade 270, Dps = 15.2mm.
Figure 16. Main span section
2.2.2.3. Pylon structure

- H-shaped pylon by prestressed concrete, fc’ = 45MPa:
+ Total height of pylon: Hpylon = 58.5m;
+ Height from the cap to bottom beam: Hct = 13.2m;
+ Height from bottom beam to nearest cable’s anchor Htt = 27.8m;
+ Height of cable spacing: Hdv = 15m;
+ Cable’ anchor spacing: a = 1.5m;
+ Height from the top anchor to the pylon top Hdt = 2.5m;
- Foundation alternative: Drilled shaft piles with D = 2m.
- Pylon structure:
Figure 17. Pylon section

2.2.2.4. Abutment structure
- U-shaped abutment by reinforced concrete, fc’ = 30MPa.
- Foundation alternative: Drilled shafts with D = 1.5m.
2.3. DESIGN DATA
2.3.1. Design load
- Design vehicular live load: HL – 93
+ Truck weight: 325 kN
+ Tandem weight: 220 kN
+ Lane load: 9.3 N/mm = 9.3 kN/m
2.3.2. Design factors
2.3.2.1 Load factors

- For First Stage Dead Load: 1.25
- For Second Stage Dead Load: 1.5
- For Live Load (Truck, Tandem and Lane): 1.75
2.3.2.2. Multiple Presence of Live Load (m)
Table 17: Multiple Presence of Live Load

Number of loaded Multiple presence
lanes factor “m”
1 1.20
2 1.00
3 0.85
>3 0.65
According to design data, bridge is designed for 4 lanes => m = 0.65.
2.3.2.3. Dynamic Load Allowance (IM)

- Dynamic Load Allowance: IM = 25%
2.4. SPAN CALCULATION
2.4.1. Calculation requirement for the preliminary alternative
- In this alternative, I calculate the span in the service stage.
- Determine the number of strands in cables.
- Check the stress in cables.
- Calculate 1 pylon, 1 abutment: Check and determine the number of piles needed.
2.4.2. Determine geometric characteristic of major cross section
2.4.2.1. Divide the segments

- To ensure that the ratio between the length of side span and middle span:
Lb/Lg = 0.40 ≠ 0.5 → I choose the span length as below:
+ Side span length: Lb = 102m
+ Middle span length: Lg = 212m
+ Ratio between side span and middle span: Lb/Lg = 102/212 = 0.48
- I divide the structure into segments as below:
+ Side segment length: dnb = 10m
+ Middle segment length: dng = 10m
+ Closure segment length: dHL = 8m
+ Length of segment near pylon: d0 = 11.5m.
2.4.2.2. Calculate geometric characteristic of main girder

- Cross section with invariable depth H = 2.2m;
- Area of cross section: Adc = 8.278 m2;
- Unit weight of concrete: γc = 25 kN/m3
- Uniform weight of main girder: qdc = A × γc = 206.95 kN/m.
2.4.2.3. Calculate geometric characteristic of cross beam

- Cross section of cross beam: H = 1.8 m; t = 0.3 m; B = 6.04 m;
- Volume of cross beam: V = 3.26 m3;
- Unit weight of concrete: γc = 25 kN/m3;
- The number of cross beams: n = 45;
- Uniform weight of cross beam: qdn = V × n × γc/L = 3.26 × 45 × 25/393 = 9.34 kN/m.
2.3.2.4. Calculate geometric characteristic of cross Sling Ear

- Sling ear structure:
+ Height of a Sling Ear: htd = 0.5m
+ ThickNess of a Sling Ear: ttd = 0.5
+ Length of a Sling Ear: ltd = 0.7
+ Number of Sling Ears: n = 88
- Uniform weight of Sling Ear:
qtd = ntd × htd × ttd × btd × gc/Lcau = 88 × 0.5 × 0.5 × 0.7 × 25/393 = 0.98 kN/m
2.4.3. Calculate the Dead Load in Stage I and II
2.4.3.1. Dead Load in Stage I

- Standard dead load in stage I:
DCtc = qdc + qdn + qtd = 206.95 + 9.34 + 0.98 = 217.27 kN/m.
- Calculated dead load in stage I:
DCtt = g1 × DCtc = 1.25 × 217.27 = 271.59 kN/m.
2.4.3.2. Dead Load in Stage II

- Calculate the weight of wearing surface:
NAME OF QUANTITY DEPTH (m) Ɣa (kN/m3) P (kN/m2)
Fine asphalt concrete layer 0.07 23 1.61
Medium asphalt concrete layer 0.05 23 1.15
Waterproofing layer 0.004 15 0.06
TOTAL 2.82
- The uniform weight of wearing surface in pedestrian parts:
+ The width of pedestrian part: ble = 2m.

𝑙𝑒
𝑞𝑚𝑐 = 2 × 𝑃 × 𝑏𝑙𝑒 = 2 × 2.82 × 2 = 11.28 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
- The uniform weight of wearing surface in vehicle parts:
+ The width of vehicle part: Bxe = 8m

𝑥𝑒
𝑞𝑚𝑐 = 𝑃 × 𝐵𝑥𝑒 = 2.82 × 8 = 22.56 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
- The weight of hand railing: qtv = 1.22 kN/m.
- The uniform weight of Parapet leg in vehicle part:

𝑥𝑒
𝑞𝑐𝑙𝑐 = 0.75 × 𝑏𝑐𝑙𝑐 × ℎ𝑐𝑙𝑐 × 𝛾𝑐 = 0.75 × 0.5 × 0.6 × 25 = 5.63 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
- The uniform weight of Parapet leg in pedestrian parts:

𝑙𝑒
𝑞𝑐𝑙𝑐 = 𝑏𝑐𝑙𝑐 × ℎ𝑐𝑙𝑐 × 𝛾𝑐 = 0.25 × 0.3 × 25 = 1.88 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
- The Total uniform weight of Parapet leg and hand railing:

𝑥𝑒 𝑙𝑒
𝑞𝑙𝑐 = 2𝑞𝑐𝑙𝑐 + 2𝑞𝑐𝑙𝑐 + 4𝑞𝑡𝑣 = 2 × 5.63 + 2 × 1.88 + 4 × 1.22 = 19.0 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
- Standard dead load in stage II:
𝐷𝑊 𝑡𝑐 = 𝑞𝑙𝑐 + 𝑞𝑚𝑐
𝑙𝑒 𝑥𝑒
+ 𝑞𝑚𝑐 = 19.9 + 11.28 + 22.56 = 53.74 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
- Calculated dead load in stage II:

𝐷𝑊 𝑡𝑡 = 𝑔2 × 𝐷𝑊 𝑡𝑐 = 1.5 × 53.74 = 80.61 𝑘𝑁/𝑚
2.4.3.3. Summary Dead Load table

Table 18. Summary of Dead Load
Standard Dead Load in Stage I DCtc 217.27 KN/m
Calculated Dead Load in Stage I DCtt 271.59 KN/m
Standard Dead Load in Stage II DWtc 53.74 KN/m
Calculated Dead Load in Stage II DWtt 80.61 KN/m
Total Standard Dead Load gtc 271.01 KN/m
Total Calculated Dead Load gtt 352.2 KN/m
2.4.4. Estimate the number of strands in cables
2.4.4.1. Determine the inclined angle of cables

- Inclined angle of cables is shown at Appendix 2.1.
2.4.4.2. Determine internal force of cables caused by self - weight

- Internal force in the cable in the side span:
𝑃𝑖1 + 𝑃𝑖2
𝑆𝑖 =
2𝑛𝑚𝑓 × sin 𝛼1
Where,
Pi1; Pi2 : The weight of 2 segment at the anchorage position;
nmf : The number of cable planes, nmf = 2;
𝛼 : The angle between cables and horizontal direction.
Appendix 2.2 shows internal force of cables caused by self-weight.
- Internal force in the cable in the middle span:

𝑃𝑖1 + 𝑃𝑖2
𝑆𝑖 =
2𝑛𝑚𝑓 × sin 𝛼1
Where,
Pi1; Pi2 : The weight of 2 segment at the anchorage position;
nmf : The number of cable planes, nmf = 2;
𝛼 : The angle between cables and horizontal direction.
Name cable i nmf 𝜶𝒊 𝐬𝐢𝐧 𝜶𝒊 Pi1 Pi2 Si Unit
1 S1’ 2 64.06 0.899 2207.99 3679.99 1636.87 kN
2 S2’ 2 49.76 0.763 3679.99 3679.99 2410.39 kN
3 S3’ 2 41.07 0.657 3679.99 3679.99 2800.59 kN
4 S4’ 2 35.47 0.58 3679.99 3679.99 3170.65 kN
5 S5’ 2 31.63 0.524 3679.99 3679.99 3508.24 kN
6 S6’ 2 28.86 0.483 3679.99 3679.99 3812.31 kN
7 S7’ 2 26.77 0.45 3679.99 3679.99 4085.34 kN
8 S8’ 2 25.14 0.425 3679.99 3679.99 4330.76 kN
9 S9’ 2 23.84 0.404 3679.99 3679.99 4551.96 kN
10 S10’ 2 22.78 0.387 3679.99 2943.99 4276.83 kN
2.4.4.3. Estimate the number of strands based on dead load of structural components and
nonstructural attachments
- Necessary area of each cable caused by dead load in stage I:
𝑆𝑖
𝐴𝑖 =
𝑓𝑠𝑎
Where,
fsa is ensile stress in the reinforcement at service loads;
fsa = 0.45fpu = 837 MPa;
- Necessary number of strands of each cable:

𝐴𝑖
𝑛𝑐𝑡 =
𝐴𝑝𝑠𝑖
Appendix 2.3 presents necessary number of strands of each cable.
2.4.4.4. Determine internal force of cable caused by DW + LL

a. Internal forces in cables
- From the number of cables due to dead load we use Midas Civil 7.01 program to calculate
internal forces caused by DW + Live Load;
- Influence line of cable:
+ Cable 1: S1 = 723.1 kN
Influence line of cable 1

+ Cable 2: S2 = 1138.1 kN
Influence line of cable

+ Cable 5: S5 = 1604.4 kN

+ Cable 9: S9 = 1412.0 kN

+ Cable 10: S10 = 1920.2 kN

+ Cable 1’: S1’ = 781.8 kN
Influence line of cable 1’

+ Cable 2’: S2’ = 1195.2 kN

+ Cable 5’: S5’ = 1835.9 kN
+ Cable 9’: S9’ = 1600.6 kN

+ Cable 10’: S10’ = 1408.9 kN

b. Calculate and choose the number of cables
Tension of cables shown at Appendix 2.4
2.4.4.5. Determine internal force of cable caused by DC + Tension + DW + LL.

a. Choosing the number of cables at side span and middle span
Appendix 2.5 shows internal force of cable caused by DC + Tension + DW + LL.
b. Determine estimating forces in cable:
- With the number of strands, we have just estimated, we use UnkNown Load Factor Method in
Midas Civil 7.01 program to estimate tension of cables based on the condition that bridge deck
curve is not changed under the application of dead load of structural components, nonstructural
attachments and wearing surface.
Tension of cables at side span Tension of cables at middle span

Cable Tension (kN) Cable Tension (kN)
S1 424.89 S1' 618.38
S2 1382.61 S2' 1785.81
S3 2456.91 S3' 2967.05
S4 3302.11 S4' 3776.01
S5 3677.41 S5' 4094.02
S6 3813.04 S6' 4347.63
S7 3741.01 S7' 4657.47
S8 3686.74 S8' 4936.06
S9 3744.64 S9' 4973.99
S10 3885.79 S10' 4570.49
- Update above tension for cable, we can estimate internal forces of cables caused by DC +
Tension + DW + LL.
- Using 2 combinations to estimate internal forces of cable:
+ Combination 1: DC + DW + Tension + HL93K + Lane
+ Combination 2: DC + DW + Tension + HL93M + Lane
2.4.4.6. Checking the cables

- Checking the cables at side span:
Internal force in cables

0.45fpu caused by combined load
Order Cable i Ai (m )
2
fi (MPa) Check
(MPa)
TH1 TH2 Si (kN)
1 S1 0.00268 837 1507.1 1436.2 1507.1 562.561 OK
2 S2 0.00437 837 3083.8 2991 3083.8 705.514 OK
3 S3 0.00522 837 4295.2 4201.6 4295.2 823.308 OK
4 S4 0.00677 837 5086.6 5000.3 5086.6 751.566 OK
5 S5 0.00776 837 5932.2 5833.3 5932.2 764.952 OK
6 S6 0.00776 837 5918.9 5841.4 5918.9 763.237 OK
7 S7 0.00776 837 5651.4 5600.1 5651.4 728.743 OK
8 S8 0.00776 837 5725 5670.8 5725 738.233 OK
9 S9 0.00776 837 5738.5 5668.8 5738.5 739.974 OK
10 S10 0.00776 837 6467.7 6359.1 6467.7 834.004 OK
- Checking the cables in middle span:
Internal force in cables

0.45fpu caused by combined load
Order Cable i Ai (m )
2
fi (MPa) Check
(MPa)
TH1 TH2 Si (kN)
1 S1' 0.00268 837 1502.2 1431.9 1502.2 560.732 OK
2 S2' 0.00437 837 3160.1 3068.4 3160.1 722.97 OK
3 S3' 0.00522 837 4445.5 4352.7 4445.5 852.118 OK
4 S4' 0.00677 837 5224 5136.7 5224 771.868 OK
5 S5' 0.00776 837 5933.3 5826.7 5933.3 765.093 OK
6 S6' 0.00776 837 6082.2 5985.7 6082.2 784.294 OK
7 S7' 0.00776 837 6260.6 6174.6 6260.6 807.299 OK
8 S8' 0.0086 837 6597.5 6510.1 6597.5 767.062 OK
9 S9' 0.00776 837 6413.1 6335.8 6413.1 826.963 OK
10 S10' 0.00776 837 5770.4 5700.4 5770.4 744.088 OK
2.5. ABUTMENT
2.5.1. Design Data
2.5.1.1. Abutment structure

- I choose the abutment A0 to calculate:
Bcau
blc ble Bxe/2 Bxe/2 ble blc

Ltc ttd
Lí p bª t«ng nhùa dµy 5cm
S Lí p phßng n- í c dµy 1cm

B¶n mÆ
t cÇu dµy 20cm
V¹ ch s¬n V¹ ch s¬n
in% in%
id%
iqd%
htc1
htd
htd
tqd
hgk1
Lqd
tg
hgk2
bgk
Bqd/2
1:n
tdk
bdk adc adc
Hmo
Hmo
650
htc2
Lxm Bxm
1:n ttc
ttt
htt
htt
Bmo
bvtc
htc3
a2 a1 a6 a6
bclc
hm
hm
Lm Bm
a5 a4 a3 a8 a7 a7 a9
Dcoc
Figure 18. Dimension of Abutment A0
- Based on the data of super structure, I choose the abutment structure as below:
+ Abutment type: U-shaped abutment by reinforced concrete, fc’ = 35MPa
+ Foundation pile: Drill-shaft pile D = 1.5 m
+ Dimension of abutment:
15000
6100 500 14000 500
500
1500
2800
1740
500
3200
2760
500 4000 2000 500

500 15000
2000
7000
16000
Figure 19. Dimensions of abutment
ORDER NAME OF DIMENSIONS SYMBOL VALUE UNIT
LONGITUDINAL DIMENSIONS
Footing width (longitudinal) a1 7.000 m

1
Wing wall width (body part) a2 4.000 m

2
Trunk wall thickNess a3 2000 m

3
Distance from back wall to outer edge of a4 0.5 m

4
footing
Wing wall width (tail part) a5 1.0 m
5
Wing wall width (total) a6 5.5 m

6
Distance from top wall to outer edge of a7 1.5 m

7
footing
Top wall thickNess a8 0.500 m
8
Dimension of transition slab bearing a9 0.300 m

9
Distance from bearing center to outer a10 0.750 m

10
edge of trunk wall
Dimension of padstone in longitudinal a11 1.000 m
11
direction
Backfill width front abutment a12 0.250 m
12
Footing thickNess b1 2.000 m

13
Dimension of Wing wall (vertical) b2 2.800 m

14
Dimension of wing wall (vertical) b3 0.800 m

15
Dimension of wing wall (vertical) b4 1.500 m

16
Abutment height (from bottom of footing b5 5.100 m

17
to top wall)
Trunk wall height b6 3.000 m
18
Top wall height b7 2.100 m

19
Total height of trunk wall and top wall b8 5.100 m

20
Padstone height b9 0.200 m

21
Distance from top of transition slab b10 0.630 m

22
bearing to top of railing edge
Dimension of transition slab bearing b11 0.300 m
23
HORIZONTAL DIMENSIONS
1
Wing wall thickNess c1 0.500 m
2
Footing width (horizontal) c2 16 m
3
Abutment width (horizontal) c3 115 m
4
Padstone width c4 1 m
5
The number of padstones ng 2 plate
2.6. PYLON CALCULATION
2.6.1. Design parameters
2.6.1.1. Superstructure structure

Table 19. Superstructure structure
The number of main beams N 1 beam
Main span length Lng 200 m
Side span length Lnb 96.5 m
Height of girder Hdt 2.0 m
Bridge width B 15.0 m
Number of lanes n 4 lane
Multiple presence factor m 0.65
Standard average Dead Load in Stage I (DC) DCtc 217.27 kN/m
Standard Dead Load in Stage II (DW) DWtc 53.74 kN/m
Unit weight of concrete Ɣc 25 kN/m3
Unit weight of water Ɣn 10 kN/m3

2.6.1.2. Pylon P3 structure
- Hydrologic data of P3 construction site.
Type of pylon H-shaped pylon by prestressed concrete
Type of pile Drilled shaft with D= 2m
Construction water level MNTC 0.2 m
Table 20. Dimension of pylon
NAME OF DIMENSION SYMBOL VALUE UNIT
Total height of pylon Ht 58.5 m
Height from the cap to bottom beam Hct 13 m
Height of bearing Hg 0.4 m
Height from bottom beam to nearest cable’s anchor Htt 26 m
Height of cable spacing Hdv 16.5 m
Cables’ anchor spacing a 1.5 m
Height from the top anchor to the pylon top Hdt 2.5 m
Dimension of footing (horizontal) b 33 m
Dimension of footing (longitudinal) d 15 m
CHAPTER 3
SELECTION OF BRIDGE ALTERNATIVES
3.1. PRINCIPLES FOR SELECTION ALTERNATIVES
To select bridge alternative, we can base on some technical-economic criteria as below:
- Total cost of the project: Cost-effective.
- Appropriate to the natural conditions, geotechnical requirement and hydrology situation of

bridge site.
- Structural esthetic: Appropriate to the landscape and spatial architecture within bridge area.
- Service capacity of the structure.
- Construction technology, workable.
- Construction time.
3.2. COMPARATION OF BRIDGE ALTERNATIVES
3.2.1. Alternative 1: Continuous Prestressed Concrete Girder Bridge 3 Spans
3.2.1.1. Advantages
- The structure is very popular;
- The main structure is the continuous structure, so it ensures the smooth condition of vehicle;
- The construction technology is the balanced cantilever method, so it can be constructed all the
time to satisfy the construction time;
- During erection, the bridge is also satisfying the navigational condition;
- The bridge has beautiful shape suitable with the surroundings;
- The material is reinforcement concrete, it’s available in domestic market and there is no need
to maintain regularly and has long life;
- Lowest construction cost.
3.2.1.2. Disadvantages
- Because of the balanced cantilever method, so it requires high capacity of construction unit,
firm construction device;
- Work progress is rather slow;
- The architecture height of bridge is higher.
3.2.2. Alternative 2: Cable-stayed Bridge 3 Spans
3.2.2.1. Advantages
- Bearing characteristic: Being the combination of rigid reinforcement concrete girder with the
cables. Therefore, the girders are not only placed on the rigid bearing of pylons and abutments,
but also placed on the elastic bearing systems at the cable connection. Cables are the main
resisted component, so the internal force and deflection due to dead load and live load are
reduced significantly;
- Can spread a large span, about 200-1000m and more;
- The girder structure is slender, pylon shape is diverse, and cable arrangement layout is
abundant. This structure is the highest aesthetic bridge;
- Cables can be replaced easily during operation.
3.2.2.2. Disadvantages
- Material and construction cost are higher than the other alternatives;
- Lack of design and construction experiences in Viet Nam.
3.3. SELECTION OF BRIDGE ALTERNATIVES
Through analysis of advantages and disadvantages of bridge alternatives and based on the study
opinion, I want to choose Alternative 1: Continuous Prestressed Concrete Bridge 3 Spans
as a detail alternative for the following reasons:
+ High structure stiffness;
+ Advanced technology;
+ Lower construction cost;
+ Popular structure.
PART 2
TECHNICAL DESIGN
CHAPTER 1
SPAN CACULATION
1.1. COMBINE LOADS
There are 11 combined loads in specification 22 TCN 272-05, each combined load with different
factor depended on different stage and require checking for each combine load. In this graduation
thesis I calculate only 2 combine loads as below:
1.1.1. Strength limit stage I
- Combine moment according to Strength limit stage I (3.4.1.1)

𝑀𝑈 = 𝜂(𝛾𝑝 𝑀𝐷𝐶1 + 𝛾𝑝 𝑀𝐷𝐶2 + 𝛾𝑝 𝑀𝐷𝑊 + 1.75𝑀𝐿𝐿+𝐼𝑀 )
- Combine shear forces according to Strength limit stage I (3.4.1.1)

𝑉𝑈 = 𝜂(𝛾𝑝 𝑉𝐷𝐶1 + 𝛾𝑝 𝑉𝐷𝐶2 + 𝛾𝑝 𝑉𝐷𝑊 + 1.75𝑉𝐿𝐿+𝐼𝑀 )
Where:
MU: Calculated moment according to strength limit stage I;
VU: Calculated shear force according to strength limit stage I;
P: Load factor according to table 3.4.1-2
For DC1 and DC2: P max =1.25, P min= 0.9
For DW: P max =1.5, P min= 0.65
: Factor related to ductility, redundancy, and important in use according to 1.3.2,

 = 1;
IM: Dynamics allowance impact IM = 0.25% according to 3.4.1-1.
1.1.2. Service limit stage
MU = MDC1 + MDC2 + MDW + MLL+IM
VU =VDC1 + VDC2 + VDW + VLL+IM
1.2. CALCULATE INTERNAL FORCE
1.2.1. Stage 1: Constructing balance cantilever stage of segment Ki
- Diagram: T frame
Figure 20: Diagram of balance cantilever stage

- Loads:
+ Segment self-weights (dead load in stage I),
+ Uniform erection load: qTC = 2.4 kN/m2
+ Erection load: qtc = 31.2 kN/m
+ Weight of form traveler: PXD = 800 kN.
1.2.1.1. Calculate internal forces at pier during cantilever stage:

Negative moment at pier during cantilever stage is shown in Appendix 4.1
1.2.1.2. Calculate maximum internal forces at cross sections in cantilever stage:
Maximum internal force at section in erection stage is in Appendix 4.2.
Calculate internal forces at cross section (i-1) in cantilever stage Ki
1.2.1.3. Internal force at section K(i-1) when constructing Ki is in Appendix 4.3
1.2.2. Stage 2: Stage of casting the middle span
- Diagram: Cantilever
- Load:
+ Segment self-weights (dead load in stage I),
+ Uniform erection load: qTC = 2.4 kN/m2
+ Erection load: qtc = 31.2 kN/m
+ 1/2 Weight of form traveler and scaffolding
+ 1/2 Weight of closing segment
1/2PXD 1/2PXD
qtc 1/2PHL 1/2PHL
qbt
Figure 21: Diagram of casting the middle span

Using the program of Midas 7.01 to calculate and analyze the internal force, we have
Moment diagram of closing middle span
Shear force diagram of closing middle span

1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 s pan
Side K1 K2 K3 K4
K13 K12 K11 K10 K9 K8 K7 K6 K5 K4 K3 K2 K1 c l o sur e
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
S20 S19 S18 S17 S16 S15 S14 S13 S12 S11 S10 S9 S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 S0 S0' S1' S2' S3' S4' S5' S6' S7' S8' S9' S10' S11' S12' S13' S14' S15' S16' S17' S18'
Internal forces in cross section at side span and middle span are shown in Appendix 4.4 and 4.5
1.2.3. Stage 3: Stage of unloading the erection load
- Diagram: Continuous beam
- Load:
+ Unloading Erection load.
+ Unloading form traveler load.
Figure 22: Moment diagram of stage 3

Moment diagram of closure middle span
Shear force diagram of closure middle span
1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
Side K1 K2 K3 K4
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
Appendix 4.6 and 4.7 show internal forces in cross section at side span and middle span at stage
3.
1.2.4. Stage 4: Stage of loading DW
- Load:
+ DW
DL2
Figure 23: Moment diagram of stage 4

Moment diagram of loading DW
Shear force diagram of loading DW
1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
Side K1 K2 K3 K4
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
Appendix 4.8 and 4.9 show internal forces at side span and middle span sections in stage 4.
1.2.5. Stage 5: Stage of loading live load
- Load:
+ Standard live load: HL 93
+ To calculate the maximum positive moment of section at middle span, we use 2

combinations:
1 - Combination 1: Truck + Lane
2 - Combination 2: Tandem + Lane
+ To calculate the maximum negative moment of section at pier, we use combination as

below
3 - Combination 3: 90% Truck + 90% Lane (two trucks are placed with
the spacing 15 m, the axle spacing is 4,3 m)
1.2.5.1. Calculate internal forces in sections due to combination 1 (Truck + Lane)
1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
K2 K3 K4
Side K13 K12 K11 K10 K9 K8 K7 K6 K5 K4 K3 K2 K1 K1 c l o sur e
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
Appendix 4.10 and 4.11 show internal forces at side span and middle span sections in stage 5 of
combination 1.
1.2.5.2. Calculate internal forces in sections due to combination 2 (Tandem + Lane)
1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
K2 K3 K4
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
Appendix 4.11 and 4.12 show internal forces at side span and middle span sections in stage 5 of
combination 2.
1.2.5.3. Calculate internal forces in sections due to combination 3 90% (2 Truck2 + Lane)
1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
Side K1 K2 K3 K4
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
Table 21. Internal forces at sections in stage 5
Services stage Strength I

Cross
Vi (KN) Mi (KN.m) Vi (KN) Mi (KN.m)
section
Min Max Min Max Min Max Min Max
0-0 Left -78911.02 15425.68 -138102.07 26997.00
0-0 Right -78911.02 15425.68 -138102.07 26997.00
1.2.6. Summary internal forces at calculated sections in construction periods
1.2.6.1. Maximum moment at calculated sections in construction periods

Appendix 4.14 shows the internal forces at sections in construction stage
1.2.6.2. Maximum moment in services periods
1/2
K16 K17 ma in
K11 K12 K13 K14 K15
K2 K3 K4
K17 K16 K15 K14
span
closure
K0
- Moment envelope in service stage:
Appendix 4.15 shows internal forces at sections in service stage
1.3. REINFORCEMENT CALCULATION AND ARRANGEMENT
1.3.1. Properties of material
1.3.2. Formula
1.3.3. Conversion section
(Calculated in previous part)
1.3.4. Calculation the negative moment tendons
Figure 24. Negative moment tendons

- Negative moment tendons shown at Appendix 4.17.
1.3.5. Calculation the positive moment tendons.
Figure 25. Positive moment tendons

- Calculated positive moment tendons and results presented at Appendix 4.18
1.3.6. Calculate the geometric characteristic of sections
1.3.6.1. Geometric characteristic of sections in stage I
- Calculated section: T-section with clads.
Figure 26. Geometric characteristics of section
- Area of section:
𝐴𝑡𝑏 = 𝑡𝑤 𝐻𝑏 + 𝑡𝑡′ (𝑏𝑡 − 𝑡𝑤 ) + 𝑡𝑏′ (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑡𝑤 ) − (𝐴0 + 𝐴′0 )
- Static moment of section via the axis crossing bottom flange:

𝑡𝑡′ ℎ𝑤 𝑡𝑏′
𝑆𝑥0 = 𝑏𝑡 𝑡𝑡′ (𝐻𝑏 − ) + 𝑡𝑤 ℎ𝑤 (𝐻𝑏 − − 𝑡𝑡′ ) + 𝑏𝑏 𝑡𝑏 − [𝐴0 𝑎𝑡𝑝 + (𝐻𝑏 − 𝑎𝑝𝑠
′
)𝐴′0 ]
2 2 2
+ Distance from the bottom of beam to the neutral axis:
𝑆𝑥0
𝑌𝑏𝐼 =
𝐴𝐼𝑏
+ Distance from the top of beam to I-I axis:

𝑌𝑡′ = 𝐻𝑏 − 𝑌𝑏′
+ Moment of gyration for web:

2
𝑡𝑤 (𝐻𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡′ − 𝑡𝑏′ )3 𝐻𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡′ − 𝑡𝑏′
𝐼
𝐼𝑤 = + 𝑡𝑤 . (𝐻𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡′ − 𝑡𝑏′ ). [( + 𝑡𝑏′ ) − 𝑦𝑏𝐼 ]
12 2
• Top flange moment of gyration:

2
𝐼 𝑏𝑡 . 𝑡𝑡′3 𝑡𝑡′
𝐼𝑡𝑓 = + 𝑏𝑡 . 𝑡𝑡′ . (𝑦𝑡𝐼 − )
12 2
• Bottom flange moment of gyration:

2
𝐼 𝑏𝑏 . 𝑡𝑏′3 𝑡𝑏′
𝐼𝑏𝑓 = + 𝑏𝑏 . 𝑡𝑏′ . (𝑦𝑏𝐼 − )
12 2
• Moment of gyration of clads:
2 2
𝐼𝑜𝐼 = 𝐴𝑜 . (𝑦𝑏𝐼 − 𝑎𝑡𝑝 ) + 𝐴′𝑜 (𝑦𝑡𝐼 − 𝑎𝑝𝑠
′
)
• Moment of gyration for beam section:

𝐼 𝐼
𝐼𝑏𝐼 = 𝐼𝑤
𝐼
+ 𝐼𝑡𝑓 + 𝐼𝑏𝑓 − 𝐼𝑜𝐼
Geometric characteristic of sections in stage I is presented at Appendix 4.19
1.3.6.2. Geometric characteristic of section in stage II

- Calculated section: T-section with pre-stressed reinforcements:
Figure 27. Geometric characteristics of section

- Determine ratio of the modulus of elasticity of steel to that of concrete:
𝐸𝑝𝑠
𝑛𝑝𝑠 = = 5.46
𝐸𝑐
+ Area of section:
𝐴𝐼𝐼 ′ ′ ′
𝑏 = 𝑡𝑤 𝐻𝑏 + 𝑡𝑡 (𝑏𝑡 − 𝑡𝑤 ) + 𝑡𝑏 (𝑏𝑏 − 𝑡𝑤 ) + 𝑛𝑝𝑠 (𝐴𝑝𝑠 + 𝐴𝑝𝑠 )
+ Static moment of section via the axis crossing bottom flange:

𝑡𝑡 ′ ℎ𝑤 𝑡𝑏 ′
𝑆𝑥𝑜 = b𝑡 .t𝑡 ′ . (𝐻𝑏 − ) +t𝑤 .h𝑤 . (𝐻𝑏 -t𝑡 ′ − ) +b𝑏 .t𝑏 ′ . ′
+ 𝑛𝑝𝑠 [𝐴𝑝𝑠 . 𝑎𝑡𝑝 + (𝐻𝑏 − 𝑎𝑝𝑠 )𝐴′𝑝𝑠 ]
2 2 2
+ Distance from the bottom of beam to the neutral axis:

𝑆𝑥𝑜
𝑌𝑏𝐼𝐼 =
𝐴𝐼𝐼
𝑏
+ Distance from the top of beam to I-I axis:
𝑌𝑡𝐼𝐼 = 𝐻𝑏 − 𝑌𝑏𝐼𝐼
+ Moment of gyration for web:

2
𝑡𝑤 (𝐻𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡′ − 𝑡𝑏′ )3 𝐻𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡′ − 𝑡𝑏′
𝐼𝐼
𝐼𝑤 = + 𝑡𝑤 . (𝐻𝑏 − 𝑡𝑡′ − 𝑡𝑏′ ). [( + 𝑡𝑏′ ) − 𝑦𝑏𝐼𝐼 ]
12 2
+ Top flange moment of gyration:

2
𝐼𝐼 𝑏𝑡 . 𝑡𝑡′3 ′ 𝐼𝐼
𝑡𝑡′
𝐼𝑡𝑓 = + 𝑏𝑡 . 𝑡𝑡 . (𝑦𝑡 − )
12 2
+ Bottom flange moment of gyration:

2
𝐼𝐼 𝑏𝑏 . 𝑡𝑏′3 ′ 𝐼𝐼
𝑡𝑏′
𝐼𝑏𝑓 = + 𝑏𝑏 . 𝑡𝑏 . (𝑦𝑏 − )
12 2
+ Moment of gyration of clads:

2 2
𝐼𝐼
𝐼𝑝𝑠 = 𝑛𝑝𝑠 (𝐴𝑝𝑠 . (𝑦𝑏𝐼𝐼 − 𝑎𝑡𝑝 ) + 𝐴′𝑝𝑠 (𝑦𝑡𝐼𝐼 − 𝑎𝑝𝑠
′
) )
+ Moment of gyration for beam section:

𝐼 𝐼
𝐼𝑏𝐼 = 𝐼𝑤
𝐼
+ 𝐼𝑡𝑓 + 𝐼𝑏𝑓 𝐼
+ 𝐼𝑝𝑠
Appendix 4.20 shows geometric characteristic of sections in stage II.
1.4. CHECK FOR STRENGTH COMBINATION
1.4.1. Check the flexural resistance
1.4.1.1. Check the flexural resistance for negative moment sections

- Check the flexural resistance according to Strength I Limit State:
- Assume that the neutral axis crosses the top edge of the bottom flange, we have c = hbf;
- Compare:
+ If N1 ≤ N2 => The neutral axis crosses the web, in that case we calculate the section
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ hbf), we have:

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c > hbf), in that case we have:

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ hbf):
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
2 2 2
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c>hbf), in that case we have:
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 ℎ𝑏𝑓
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑠 (𝑑𝑝 − ) + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠 − ) − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠′ − ) + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 (𝑏𝑏𝑓 − 𝑡𝑤 )ℎ𝑏𝑓 ( − )
2 2 2 2 2
- Calculated table:
+ In construction stage:
Check the flexural resistance for negative moment sections:
dp c a fps Mn Mr Mu
Section Mr/Mu Check
(mm) (mm) (mm) (MPa) (kN.m) (kN.m) (kN.m)
S0-S0’ 4800 1532.44 1116.49 1773.2 706063 706063 367249 1.92 OK
S1-S1’ 4219.1 1233.91 898.99 1780.73 609223 609223 340045 1.79 OK
S2-S2’ 3869.3 992.72 723.26 1779.55 487286 487286 267444 1.82 OK
S3-S3’ 3549.5 799.23 582.29 1780.43 403831 403831 224503 1.80 OK
S4-S4’ 3259.7 609.30 443.92 1781.27 330553 330553 185724 1.78 OK
S5-S5’ 2999.8 473.69 345.12 1782.05 271494 271494 150945 1.80 OK
S6-S6’ 2770 399.66 291.18 1782.76 215240 215240 120017 1.79 OK
S7-S7’ 2570.1 328.90 239.62 1783.36 166598 166598 92807.9 1.80 OK
S8-S8’ 2374.8 260.67 189.91 1784.61 124563 124563 69196.9 1.80 OK
S9-S9’ 2220.3 193.91 141.28 1784.77 86976.5 86976.5 46060.4 1.89 OK
S10-S10’ 2106.6 128.75 93.81 1784.57 54687.7 54687.7 27541.2 1.99 OK
S11-S11’ 2033.7 64.37 46.90 1783.96 26199.7 26199.7 13529.1 1.94 OK
+ In services stage:
dp c a fps Mn Mr Mu Chec
Section Mr/Mu
(mm) (mm) (mm) (MPa) (kN.m) (kN.m) (kN.m) k
4800.0 1532.4 1116.4 1773.2 706063 - 706063 1.68

S0-S0’ OK
0 4 9 0 .27 419769 .27
4800.0 1233.9 898.99 1780.7 609223 - 609223 2.01
S1-S1’ OK
0 1 3 .12 303216 .12
4219.1 992.72 723.26 1779.5 487285 - 487285 1.92
S2-S2’ OK
0 5 .85 253174 .85
3869.3 799.23 582.29 1780.4 403831 - 403831 1.94
S3-S3’ OK
0 3 .00 208140 .00
3549.4 609.30 443.92 1781.2 330552 - 330552 1.96
S4-S4’ OK
9 7 .71 168537 .71
3259.6 473.69 345.12 1782.0 271493 - 271493 2.02
S5-S5’ OK
7 5 .72 134419 .72
2999.8 399.66 291.18 1782.7 215239 - 215239 2.06
S6-S6’ OK
2 6 .90 104675 .90
2769.9 328.90 239.62 1783.3 166597 - 166597 2.10
S7-S7’ 6 6 .55 79187. .55 OK
2
2570.0 260.67 189.91 1784.6 124562 - 124562 2.28
S8-S8’ 8 1 .97 54715. .97 OK
8
2374.7 193.91 141.28 1784.7 86976. - 86976. 2.41
S9-S9’ 8 7 46 36068. 46 OK
5
2220.2 128.75 93.81 1784.5 54687. - 54687. 2.44
S10-S10’ 9 7 71 22455. 71 OK
1
2106.6 64.37 46.90 1783.9 26199. - 26199. 1.92
S11-S11’ 0 6 71 13622. 71 OK
2
1.4.1.2. Check the flexural resistance of positive moment sections

- Assume that the neutral axis crosses the top edge of the bottom flange, we have c = htf;
- Compare:
+ If N1 ≤ N2 => The neutral axis crosses the web, in that case we calculate the section
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ htf), we have:

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c > htf), in that case we have:

𝑐=
𝑓𝑝𝑢
𝑑𝑝
+ If the neutral axis crosses the bottom flange (c ≤ hbt):
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎
2 2 2
+ If the neutral axis crosses the web (c>htf), in that case we have:
𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 𝑎 ℎ𝑡𝑓
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑠 (𝑑𝑝 − ) + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠 − ) − 𝐴′𝑠 𝑓𝑦 (𝑑𝑠′ − ) + 0.85𝑓𝑐′ 𝛽1 (𝑏𝑡𝑓 − 𝑡𝑤 )ℎ𝑡𝑓 ( − )
2 2 2 2 2
- Calculated table:
Check the flexural resistance of positive moment sections:
Sectio dp c a fps Mn Mu Mr Mr/M Chec

n (mm) (mm) (mm (MPa) (kN.m) (kN.m) (kN.m) u k
)
S15 2570.0 0.000 0.000 1753.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 - -

8 4
S14 2374.7 81.731 59.54 1745.01 65775.9 17295.6 65775.9 3.80 OK
8 7 7 5 1 5
S12 2220.2 108.52 79.07 1737.01 81184.3 26787.2 81184.3 3.03 OK
9 8 1 6 8 0 8
S11 2106.6 108.44 79.01 1730.37 76659.3 24977.7 76659.3 3.07 OK
0 8 2 9 0 2 0
S10 2033.7 108.39 78.97 1725.73 73759.0 17416.6 73759.0 4.23 OK
3 2 2 5 0 5 0
S9 2001.6 81.584 59.44 1723.58 54632.5 4067.92 54632.5 13.43 OK
7 0 4 4 4
S10' 2001.6 108.36 78.95 1723.58 72482.9 4130.35 72482.9 17.55 OK
7 6 3 4 8 8
S11' 2150.3 108.48 79.03 1733.01 78399.6 13547.4 78399.6 5.79 OK
3 0 6 5 3 6 3
S12' 2281.5 108.56 79.10 1740.31 83621.2 17604.1 83621.2 4.75 OK

0 8 0 6 3 5 3
S13' 2281.5 108.56 79.10 1740.31 83621.2 17637.7 83621.2 4.74 OK
0 8 0 6 3 4 3
1.4.2. Check limit for reinforcement
1.4.2.1. Maximum reinforcement

- The maximum amount of pre-stressed and non-prestressed reinforcement is such that:
𝑐
≤ 0.42 (5.7.3.3.1 − 1)
𝑑𝑒
For which:
𝐴𝑃𝑆 𝑓𝑃𝑆 𝑑𝑃 + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦 𝑑𝑠
𝑑𝑒 = (5.7.3.3.1 − 2)
𝐴𝑃𝑆 𝑓𝑃𝑆 + 𝐴𝑠 𝑓𝑦
de: The corresponding effective depth from the extreme compression fiber to the centroid
of the tensile force in the tensile reinforcement (mm).
- Check sections subjected to negative moment:
Section c (mm) de (mm) c/de Check
S0-S0' 1532.436 4800 0.32 OK
S1-S1' 1233.912 4800 0.26 OK
S2-S2' 992.716 4219.1 0.24 OK
S2-S3' 799.226 3869.3 0.21 OK
S4-S4' 609.301 3549.49 0.17 OK
S5-S5' 473.689 3259.67 0.15 OK
S6-S6' 399.664 2999.82 0.13 OK
S7-S7' 328.895 2769.96 0.12 OK
S8-S8' 260.667 2570.08 0.10 OK
S9-S9' 193.913 2374.78 0.08 OK
S10-S10' 128.753 2220.29 0.06 OK
S11-S11' 64.370 2106.6 0.03 OK

- Check section subjected to positive moment:
Section c (mm) de (mm) c/de Check
S15 0.000 2570.08 0.00 OK
S14 81.731 2374.78 0.03 OK
S12 108.528 2220.29 0.05 OK
S11 108.448 2106.60 0.05 OK
S10 108.392 2033.73 0.05 OK
S9 81.584 2001.67 0.04 OK
S10' 108.366 2001.67 0.05 OK
S11' 108.480 2150.33 0.05 OK
S12' 108.568 2281.50 0.05 OK
S13' 108.568 2281.50 0.05 OK
1.4.2.2. Minimum reinforcement:

- According to 5.7.3.3.2, at any section of a flexural component, the amount of pre-stressed and
non-prestressed tensile reinforcement shall be adequate to develop a factored flexural resistance,
at least equal to the lesser of:
+ 1.2 times the cracking strength determined on the basis of elastic stress distribution
and the modulus of rupture, fr, of the concrete as specified in Article 5.4.2.6:
𝑓𝑟 = 0.63√𝑓𝐶 = 0.63√45 = 4.23MPa
Cracking moment Mcr is taken as:

𝐼𝑔
𝑀cr = 𝑓 (5.7.3.6.2 − 2)
𝑦𝑡 𝑟
Where:
Ig: The gross moment of inertia.
yt: Distance from the neutral axis to the extreme tension fiber.
+ 1.33 times the factored moment required by the applicable strength load combinations
specified in Table 3.4.1-1.
- Check sections subjected to negative moment: 𝛷𝑀𝑛 ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛( 1.2𝑀𝑐𝑟 , 1.33𝑀𝑢 )
IIIg YIItb 1.2Mcr 1.33*Mu Mr

Section fr (kN/m2) Check
(m4) (m) (kN.m) (kN.m) (kN.m)
S0-S0' 57.7055 2.0948 4226.16848 139701.861 -432362.17 706063.27 OK
S1-S1' 55.4103 2.0391 4226.16848 137812.708 -312311.97 609223.12 OK
S2-S2' 40.8895 1.7757 4226.16848 116782.538 -260769.32 487285.85 OK
S2-S3' 32.9773 1.6077 4226.16848 104022.021 -214384.51 403831.00 OK
S4-S4' 26.5654 1.4564 4226.16848 92501.9614 -173592.8 330552.71 OK
S5-S5' 21.4229 1.3217 4226.16848 82197.357 -138451.36 271493.72 OK
S6-S6' 17.3613 1.2069 4226.16848 72951.8881 -107815.15 215239.90 OK
S7-S7' 14.1130 1.1036 4226.16848 64855.5325 -81562.837 166597.55 OK
S8-S8' 11.5742 1.0141 4226.16848 57880.4566 -56357.264 124562.97 OK
S9-S9' 9.4373 0.9330 4226.16848 51296.3093 -37150.534 86976.46 OK
S10-S10' 7.9234 0.8681 4226.16848 46287.4706 -23128.794 54687.71 OK
S11-S11' 6.9148 0.8217 4226.16848 42679.1962 -14030.887 26199.71 OK

- Check sections subjected to positive moment
Check sections subjected to positive moment
fr 1.2Mcr 1.33*Mu Mr
Section IIIg (m4) YIItb (m) Check
(kN/m2) (kN.m) (kN.m) (kN.m)
S15 11.5742 1.7560 4226.168 27856.34 0 0.00 OK
S14 9.4373 1.6418 4226.168 24293.26 23003.16 65775.95 OK
S12 7.9234 1.5522 4226.168 21573.57 35626.98 81184.38 OK
S11 6.9148 1.4849 4226.168 19679.82 33220.37 76659.30 OK
S10 6.3188 1.4409 4226.168 18533.45 23164.14 73759.00 OK
S9 10.0913 1.4630 4226.168 29151.16 5410.331 54632.54 OK
S10' 10.0913 1.4630 4226.168 29151.16 5493.366 72482.98 OK
S11' 7.9234 1.5522 4226.168 21573.57 18018.12 78399.63 OK
S12' 6.9148 1.4849 4226.168 19679.82 23413.52 83621.23 OK
S13' 6.3188 1.4409 4226.168 18533.45 23458.19 83621.23 OK
1.5. SHEAR RESISTANCE
1.5.1. Checking formula
Check as following:
𝑉𝑢 ≤ 𝛷𝑉𝑛 (5.8.2.1-2)
In which,
 - Resistance factor specified in Article 5.5.4.2,  = 0.9.
Vn– Nominal shear resistance specified in Article 5.8.3.3, determined as the lesser of:
Vn = Vc + Vs + Vp (5.8.3.3-1)
Vn = 0.25 f’c bv dv + Vp (5.8.3.3-2)
Where,
𝑉𝑐 = 0.083𝛽√𝑓′𝑐 𝑏𝑣 𝑑𝑣 (5.8.3.3 − 3)
𝐴𝑣 𝑓𝑦 𝑑𝑣 (𝑐𝑜𝑡 𝑔 𝜃 + 𝑐𝑜𝑡 𝑔 𝛼) 𝑠𝑖𝑛 𝛼
𝑉𝑠 = (5.8.3.3 − 4)
𝑠
Where,
dv: Effective shear depth as determined in Article 5.8.2.7, (mm).
bv: Effective web width taken as the minimum web width within the depth dv (mm)
s: Spacing of stirrups, (mm).
 - Factor indicating ability of diagonally cracked concrete to transmit tension as specified

in Article 5.8.3.4.
 - Angle of inclination of diagonal compressive stresses as determined in Article 5.8.3.4.

(Degree). In calculation, assume angle, then calculate values and use tables to look up
 and . This process is carried out until two values of  are approximate.
 - Angle of inclination of transverse reinforcement to longitudinal axis (degree),
 = 90.
Av: Area of shear reinforcement within a distance s (mm2).
Vp: Component in the direction of the applied shear of the effective pre-stressing force,
positive if resisting the applied shear (N).
1.5.2. Determined Vp
Consider non pre-stress reinforcement subjected to total shear force, so Vp = 0
1.5.3. Determine dv and bv
1.5.3.1. Effective shear depth dv

Effective shear depth is taken as the distance, measured perpendicular to the neutral axis,
between the resultants of the tensile and compressive forces due to flexure, it need not be taken
to be less than the greater of 0.9de or 0.72h. Not consider reinforcement subjected to compressive
force (ds = 0), therefore:
0.9𝑑𝑒
𝑑𝑣 = 𝑚𝑎𝑥 { (5.8.2.7)
0.72ℎ
1.5.3.2. Effective web width bv
For these sections, bv is taken as sum of all webs, Appendix 4.21 is the result of bv and dv.
1.5.3.3. Determine  and 

- Look up from Table 5.8.3.4.2-1
- To determine  and , at the first, we must calculate v/f’c and x.
For which, v: the shear stress on the concrete

𝑉𝑢 − 𝛷𝑉𝑝 𝑣 𝑣
𝑣= → = (5.8.3.4.2 − 1)
𝛷𝑏𝑣 𝑑𝑣 𝑓′𝑐 45
𝜀𝑥 : The strain in the reinforcement on the flexural tension side of the member
𝑀𝑢
+ 0,5𝑉𝑢 𝑐𝑜𝑡 𝑔 𝜃 − 𝐴𝑝𝑠 𝑓𝑝𝑜
𝑑
𝜀𝑥 = 𝑣 ≤ 0.002 (5.8.3.4.2 − 2)
𝐸𝑠 𝐴𝑠 + 𝐸𝑝 𝐴𝑝𝑠
If the value of 𝜀𝑥 is negative, it shall be multiplied by the factor F , taken as:

𝐸𝑃 𝐴𝑃𝑆 + 𝐸𝑆 𝐴𝑆
𝐹𝜀 = (5.8.3.4.2 − 3)
𝐸𝑐 𝐴𝑐 + 𝐸𝑆 𝐴𝑆 + 𝐸𝑃 𝐴𝑃𝑆
Where,
AC: Area of concrete on the flexural tension side of the member, mm2
𝑓𝑝𝑜 : Stress in the pre-stressing steel when the stress in the surrounding concrete is 0,
MPa, it can be taken as effective stress in the pre-stressing steel after losses fpe.
fPe = 0.8fPY = 0.8  1674 = 1339.2 MPa

𝑣
- Calculate 𝑓𝑐′
(Appendix 4.22)
- Calculate θ and β (Appendix 4.23)
1.5.4. Calculate Vc and Vs
1.5.4.1. Choose stirrups subjected to shear forces.

To construct easily, we choose stirrups with constant diameter.
S is the spacing of stirrup at calculating section.

𝑏𝑣 𝑠
𝐴𝑣 𝑚𝑖𝑛 = 0.083 × √𝑓′𝐶 (5.8.2.5 − 1)
𝑓𝑦
Where,
AV– Area of a transverse reinforcement within distance s, Av min = 320.81 mm2.
S – Spacing of stirrups, s = 220 mm.
Choose stirrup with diameter d = 20mm,
Av = 628.32 mm2.
1.5.5. Calculate the nominal shear resistance of all sections
Use above formula to calculate Vr, and here is the result:
Nominal shear resistance of all sections
0,25f'cb
θ bv dv s Vc Vs Vn Vr Vu
vdv Che
MC β
m ck
Deg mm mm KN KN KN KN KN KN
m
29. 100 522 15 6975 31902 58725. 38877. 34990. 20010.
S0' 2.4 ok
93 0 0 0 .4 .5 00 89 10 41
32. 2.2 100 460 15 5667 25359 51813. 31026. 27923. 17336.
S1' ok
58 1 0 6 0 .2 .0 31 16 54 74
32. 2.2 100 429 15 5289 23668 48359. 28957. 26061. 15975.
S2' ok
58 1 0 9 0 .3 .4 01 70 93 57
29. 100 401 15 5360 24515 45127. 29875. 26888. 14654.
S3' 2.4 ok
93 0 1 0 .3 .7 57 94 35 92
30. 2.3 100 374 15 4919 22115 42118. 27035. 24331. 13374.
S4' ok
78 6 0 4 0 .5 .9 99 41 87 29
31. 2.3 100 349 15 4555 20297 39333. 24852. 22366. 12130.
S5' ok
22 4 0 6 0 .2 .0 27 21 99 96
32. 2.2 100 326 15 4131 18269 36770. 22400. 20160. 10916.
S6' ok
19 7 0 8 0 .0 .4 40 44 39 88
32. 2.2 100 299 15 3786 16647 33699. 20433. 18389. 9308.7
S7' ok
34 7 0 6 0 .1 .0 92 08 77 9
32. 2.2 100 275 15 3485 15284 31025. 18770. 16893. 7746.0
S8' ok
41 7 0 8 0 .6 .6 62 24 22 8
32. 2.2 100 255 15 3229 14167 28747. 17397. 15657. 6220.4
S9' ok
4 7 0 5 0 .7 .8 52 47 72 7
S1 32. 2.2 100 238 15 3044 13296 26865. 16341. 14707. 4723.8
ok
0' 29 9 0 8 0 .8 .7 61 52 37 2
S1 32. 2.2 100 225 15 2863 12488 25379. 15352. 13817. 3247.8
ok
1' 44 8 0 6 0 .9 .8 89 72 45 4
S1 32. 2.2 100 209 15 2674 11633 23597. 14308. 12877. 1784.2
ok
2' 39 9 0 8 0 .4 .9 02 33 50 9
30. 100 522 15 6975 30835 58725. 37810. 34029. 27331.
S0 2.4 ok
78 0 0 0 .4 .4 00 76 68 42
31. 2.3 100 460 15 6051 26737 51813. 32788. 29509. 25234.
S1 ok
22 6 0 6 0 .8 .0 31 85 96 89
32. 2.3 100 429 15 5600 24027 48359. 29627. 26664. 22286.
S2 ok
19 4 0 9 0 .5 .2 01 73 95 28
32. 2.2 100 401 15 5069 22292 45127. 27361. 24625. 20752.
S3 ok
34 7 0 1 0 .9 .0 57 94 75 63
32. 2.2 100 374 15 4731 20749 42118. 25481. 22933. 19267.
S4 ok
41 7 0 4 0 .9 .7 99 64 47 03
32. 2.2 100 349 15 4418 19384 39333. 23803. 21423. 17826.
S5 ok
4 7 0 6 0 .9 .8 27 77 39 95
32. 2.2 100 326 15 4131 18198 36770. 22329. 20096. 16429.
S6 ok
29 7 0 8 0 .0 .9 40 91 92 74
32. 2.2 100 299 15 3819 16582 33699. 20402. 18362. 15073.
S7 ok
44 9 0 6 0 .4 .9 92 33 09 2
32. 2.2 100 275 15 3501 15296 31025. 18797. 16917. 13321.
S8 ok
39 8 0 8 0 .0 .4 62 39 65 32
29. 2.2 100 255 15 3258 16048 28747. 19306. 17375. 11629.
S9 ok
26 9 0 5 0 .1 .3 52 43 78 3
S1 27. 2.4 100 238 15 3257 16196 26865. 19453. 17508. 9990.2
ok
0 42 5 0 8 0 .6 .4 61 93 54 9
S1 24. 100 225 15 3140 17720 25379. 20860. 18774. 8397.3
2.5 ok
1 13 0 6 0 .2 .5 89 71 64 5
S1 2.7 100 209 15 3235 14484 23597. 17719. 15947. 6843.5
27 ok
3 7 0 8 0 .0 .6 02 57 61 7
S1 22. 3.7 100 225 15 4685 19097 25379. 23782. 21404. 5322.0
ok
4 57 3 0 6 0 .2 .7 89 96 66 9
1.6. CHECK FOR SERVICE COMBINATION
Stress in the pre-stressing steel at jacking is estimated as following:
fpj = 0.7 fpu = 1302000 kN/m2
Stress limits for concrete:
- Stress limits for concrete in construction stages:
The compressive stress limit: 0.6𝑓𝑐𝑖′ = 24300 kN/m2 (5.9.4.1.1)
The tensile stress limit: 0.5√𝑓𝑐𝑖′ = 3182 kN/m2 (5.9.4.1.2-1)
- Stress limits for concrete in service stages:
The compressive stress limit: 0.45𝑓𝑐′ = 20250 kN/m2 (5.9.4.2.1)
The tensile stress limit: 0.5√𝑓𝑐′ = 3354 kN/m2 (5.9.4.2.1-1)
For which,
𝑓𝑐𝑖′ : Specified compressive strength of concrete at time of initial loading or pre-stressing

(MPa), 𝑓𝑐𝑖′ = 0.9𝑓𝑐′= 0.9x45 = 40.5 MPa.
𝑓𝑐′ : specified compressive strength of concrete at 28 days, = 45 MPa
Load combination: DC + DW + LL + PS + SH + CR
We use Midas/Civil 7.01 program to have stress diagrams for all stages and here is the result:
Check stress of top fiber
Check stress of bottom fiber
CHAPTER 2
PIER CALCULATION
2.1. DESIGN PARAMETERS
2.1.1. Superstructure structure
2.1.2. Pier structure
(Calculated in previous)
2.2. DETERMINE LOADS ACTING ON PIER
2.2.1. Calculated section
- With solid pier, we check 2 sections of pier:
+ Section at the bottom of footing (I-I)
+ Section at the bottom of pier shaft (II-II)
II II
I I
Figure 28: Checking sections of pier P5
2.2.2. Dead load
2.2.2.1. Vertical loads caused by self-weight of pier

- Self weight of each part of pier is calculated using the below formula:
𝑄𝑖 =γ𝑐 .V𝑖 (𝑘𝑁)
In which,
𝛾𝑐 : Unit weight of concrete, 𝛾𝑐 = 25 (KN/m3)
𝑉𝑖 : Volume of part i (m3)
Vertical loads caused by self-weight of pier
Vi Qi
Order Part’s name
(m3) (KN)
1 Pier shaft 284.75 7118.84

2 Footing 707.25 17681.25
Total weight 24800.09
- Calculate vertical load acting on section I-I and II-II:
Section II-II Section I-I

Order Part’s name
kN kN
1 Body pier 7118.84 7118.84
2 Pile cap 17681.25

Total 7118.84 24800.09
2.2.2.2. Calculate reaction caused by Dead Load in stage I and II

- Calculation principle:
+ Draw influence line of reaction at top of pier.
+ Loading load on influence line to determine reaction.
- Formula:
P=q × ∑ 𝜔
- Reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage I (DC):
Table 22: Reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage I
Name of quality Symbol Value Unit
Algebraic total area of influence line 𝜔 88.634
Standard average Dead Load in Stage I DCtb 281.4 KN/m
Reaction caused by DC
tc
Standard reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage I 𝑃DC 24941.61 KN
tt
Calculated reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage I 𝑃DC 31177.01 KN
- Reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage II (DW):
Table 23. Reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage II
Name of quality Symbol Value Unit
Algebraic total area of influence line 𝜔 88.634
Standard average Dead Load in Stage II DWtc 43.88 KN/m
Reaction caused by DW
tc
Standard reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage II 𝑃DW 4289.00 KN
tt
Calculated reaction caused by Dead Load in Stage II 𝑃DW 6433.50 KN
2.2.3. Calculate reaction caused by Live Load
- Calculation principle:
+ Draw influence line of reaction at top of pier.
+ Loading live load on influence line to determine reaction.
- Formula
+ For deign truck: P=γht .m.IM. ∑ 𝑃𝑖 .y𝑖
+ For design lane: P=γht .m. ∑ 𝑞lan .ω+
- HL93S + Lane loading:
- Calculation table:
Table 24. Reaction caused by Live Load

Ordinate
Area of
of Reaction
Live Load Position influence Axial load Pi (kN)
influence Ri (kN)
line
line
1 0.959 35 33.565
Truck 1 2 0.979 145 141.955
3 0.994 145 144.13
1' 1.011 35 35.385
Truck 2 2' 1.003 145 145.435
3' 0.987 145 143.115
Lane LL 96.206 9.3 (KN/m) 894.716
Reaction caused by live load
Value (KN)
Combination
Standard Calculated
90%(2Truck+Lane) 3976.121 6958.212
2.2.4. Braking force: BR
- Bridge is designed for 2 lanes, so braking force is calculated for 2 lanes loaded one-directional
traffic. This force is taken as 25 percent of the axle weights of the design truck or tandem.
- Braking force acts horizontally at a distance of 1800 mm above the roadway surface.
Section z BR My
Section II-II 17.424 211.25 3680.82
Section I-I 20.424 211.25 4314.57
2.2.5. Wind load: (WS, WL)
- Dimension of windward parts:
Symbo Valu Uni

Order Name of quantity
l e t
1 Bridge width B 12.5 m
2 Height of box girder and wearing surface Hb 3.824 m
Height of superstructure (including part of coMPact
3 Hs 4.2 m
parapet)
4 Parapet height Hlc 0.712 m
5 Height of padstone and bearing Hg 0.5 m
Distance from bottom beam to the center of
6 Hcg 2.1 m
superstructure
7 Height of pier shaft Hc 11.3 m
8 Height of footing Hm 3 m
9 Width of pier shaft Dc 9.2 m
10 Water depth from considered MNCN H1MNCN 5.2 m
11 water level to top of footing MNTN H1MNTN 0.5 m
12 Water depth from considered MNCN H2MNCN 8.2 m
water level to bottom of
13 footing MNTN H2MNTN 3.5 m
- Design wind velocity: V = VBS
Name of quantity Symbol Value
Basic 3 second gust wind velocity VB (m/s) 38.000
Additional wind velocity V25 (m/s) 25.000
Correction factor for open country or open water S 1.090
Design wind velocity V (m/s) 41.420
2.2.5.1. Wind load on structures: WS

- Lateral wind load:
+ The lateral wind load shall be taken as acting horizontally at the centroids of the appropriate
areas, and shall be calculated as:
PD = 0.0006V2 × A t× Cd ≥ 1.8At (kN)
+ Calculation table with V = design wind velocity, V = 41.42 m/s.
Table 25. Wind load on structures
At Cd 1.8At 0.0006V2AtCd PD ZII-II ZI-I

Part’s name
m2 kN kN kN m m
Superstructure 941.808 1.4 1695.254 1357.256 1695.254 13.900 16.900
MNCN 18.3 1 32.94 18.837 32.940 8.250 11.250

Pier
shaft
MNTN 32.4 1 58.32 33.352 58.320 5.900 8.900
+ Calculation table with V = additional wind velocity, V = 25 m/s.
Table 26. Wind load on structures

Part’s name
m2 kN kN kN m m
Superstructure 941.808 1.4 1695.254 494.449 1695.254 13.900 16.900
MNCN 18.3 1 32.94 6.863 32.940 8.250 11.250

Pier
shaft
MNTN 32.4 1 58.32 12.150 58.320 5.900 8.900
- Longitudinal wind load:
+ The Longitudinal wind load shall be taken as 25% of lateral wind load.
+ Calculation table with V = design wind velocity, V = 41.42 m/s.

Part’s name
m2 kN kN kN m m
MNCN 56.12 1 101.016 57.768 25.254 8.250 11.250

Pier
shaft
MNTN 99.36 1 178.848 102.278 44.712 5.900 8.900
+ Calculation table with V = additional wind velocity, V = 25 m/s.
Part’s name At Cd 1.8At 0.0006V2AtCd PD ZII-II ZI-I
m2 kN kN kN m m
MNCN 56.12 1 101.016 57.768 25.254 8.250 11.250

Pier
shaft
MNTN 99.36 1 178.848 102.278 44.712 5.900 8.900
2.2.5.2. Wind load on vehicles: WL
- Lateral wind load:
Transverse wind load on vehicles shall be represented by a line load of 1.5 kN/m acting
horizontally, transverse to the longitudinal centerline of the structure and 1800 mm above the
roadway.
Section Z (m) WL (kN) My (kNm)
Section II-II 17.424 225 3920.4
Section I-I 20.424 225 4595.4

- Longitudinal wind load:
Longitudinal wind load on vehicles shall be represented by a line load of 0.75 kN/m, acting
horizontally, parallel to the longitudinal centerline of the structure and 1800mm above the
roadway.
Section Z (m) WL (kN) My (kNm)
Section II-II 17.424 10.125 176.418
Section I-I 20.424 10.125 206.793
2.2.6. Calculate buoyant force
- Because part of pier is underlying lowest water level, it shall be subjected to buoyant force.
Buoyant force is calculated using the below formula:
𝑃dn =γ𝑛 Vni (𝑘𝑁)
In which,
𝛾𝑛 : Unit weight of water, 𝛾𝑐 = 9.81 (kN/m3)
𝑉ni: Volume of submerged part (m3)
- Buoyant force calculated with highest water level:
Order Part’s name Vni B
1 Pier shaft 133.477 -1309.41
2 Footing 707.25 -6938.12
Buoyant force acting on section II-II (top of footing) -1309.41
Buoyant force acting on section I-I (bottom of footing) -8247.53

- Buoyant force calculated with lowest water level:
Order Part’s name Vni B
1 Pier shaft 12.834 -125.904
2 Footing 707.25 -6938.12
Buoyant force acting on section II-II (top of footing) -125.904
Buoyant force acting on section I-I (bottom of footing) -7064.03
2.2.7. Stream pressure
2.2.7.1. Longitudinal direction of substructure:

The pressure of flowing water acting in the longitudinal direction of substructures shall be taken
as:
p = 5.14×10-4×CD×V2 (3.7.3.1-1)
Where:
p: Pressure of flowing water (MPa)
CD: Drag coefficient for piers.
V: Velocity of water for the design flood for scour in the Strength and Service
limit state and for the check flood for scour in the Extreme Limit state
The longitudinal drag force shall be taken as the product of longitudinal stream pressure and the
projected surface exposed thereto.
- Calculated with highest water level:
Drag coefficient CD 0.70
Velocity of water V 1.50 m/s
Pressure of flowing water pdäc 0.81 kN/m2
The projected surface of pier shaft Att 15.60 m2
The projected surface of footing Abt 34.50 m2
Section II-II P1 12.63 kN

Longitudinal drag
force
Section I-I P2 40.56 kN
Section II-II z1 2.60 m

Arm of force
Section I-I z2 2.78 m
- Calculated with lowest water level:
Longitudinal Drag coefficient CD 0.70
Velocity of water V 1.50 m/s
Pressure of flowing water pdäc 0.81 kN/m2
The projected surface of pier shaft Att 1.50 m2
The projected surface of footing Abt 34.50 m2
Longitudinal drag Section II-II P1 1.21 kN

force Section I-I P2 29.14 kN
Section II-II z1 0.25 m

Arm of force
Section I-I z2 1.57 m
2.2.7.2. Lateral direction of substructure
The lateral, uniformly distributed pressure on a substructure due to water flowing at an angle θ
to the longitudinal axis of the pier shall be taken as:
p = 5.14x10-4 x CL x V2 (3.7.3.2-1)
Where,
p = Lateral pressure (MPa)
CL = Lateral drag coefficient, with θ = 00 => CL = 0
Then p = 0 kN/m2
So, the lateral drag force is equivalent to 0 kN.
2.3. SUMMATION OF LOADS
2.3.1. Summation of loads acting on section I-I (bottom of footing)
Table 27. Summation of loads acting on section I-I

Verti Longitudinal Horizontal
Fact
cal direction of direction of
or
load bridge bridge
Not
Name of load γ N Hx z My Hy z Mx
ice
kN kN m kN.m kN m kN.m
Superstructure Self 2494

γDC
weight (DC) 1.61
Dead Load in Stage II 4289

γDW
(DW) .00
Substructure self- 2480

γDC
weight (DC) 0.09
3976
Live load (LL) γLL
.121
-
MNCN γWA 8247
Buoyant .53
force -
MNTN γWA 7064
.03
Lateral Wind load on 20.4 4595
γWL 225
vehicles (WL) 24 .4
Longitudinal Wind 10.1 206.

20.4
load on vehicles (WL) 2 793
Lateral Wind load on structure (WS)
1695 2864
Vtk γWS 16.9
.2 9.8
Wind load acting on
superstructure
1695 2864
V25 γWS 16.9
.2 9.8
32.9 11.2 370.

Vtk γWS
4 5 575
MNCN
32.9 11.2 370.
V25 γWS
Wind load 4 5 575
acting on
substructure 58.3 519.
Vtk γWS 8.9
2 048
MNTN
58.3 519.
V25 γWS 8.9
2 048
Longitudinal Wind load on structure (WS)
25.2 284.
Vtk γWS 11.2
Wind load 5 11
acting on MNCN
substructure 8.23 92.6
V25 γWS 11.2
5 4
44.7 397.
Vtk γWS 8.9
1 9368
MNTN
14.5 129.
V25 γWS 8.9
8 762
211. 20.4 4314

Braking force (BR) γBR
25 24 .57
40.5 112.
MNCN γWA 2.78
6 6165
Stream
pressure (P)
29.1 45.8
MNTN γWA 1.57
4 4077
2.3.2. Summation of loads acting on section II-II (top of footing):
Table 28. Summation of loads acting on section II-II

Verti Longitudinal Horizontal
Fact
cal direction of direction of
or
load bridge bridge
Not
Name of load γ N Hx z My Hy z Mx
ice
kN. kN.
kN kN m kN m
m m
249
Superstructure Self
γDC 41.6
weight (DC)
1
Dead Load in Stage II 428
γDW
(DW) 9.00
Substructure self-weight 711

γDC
(DC) 8.84
397
Live load (LL) γLL
6.12
-
MNCN γWA 130
9.41
Buoyant force
-
MNTN γWA 125.
90
Lateral Wind load on 17.4 392
γWL 225
vehicles (WL) 24 0.4
Longitudinal Wind load on 10.1 176.

17.4
vehicles (WL) 2 418
Lateral Wind load on structure (WS)
169 13.9 235

Vtk γWS
5.2 0 64
Wind load acting on
superstructure
169 13.9 235
V25 γWS
5.2 0 64
32.9 271.
Vtk γWS 8.25
4 76
MNCN
32.9 271.
V25 γWS 8.25
4 76
Wind load acting
on substructure
58.3 344.
Vtk γWS 5.90
2 09
MNTN
58.3 344.
V25 γWS 5.90
2 09
Longitudinal Wind load on structure (WS)
25.2 208.
Vtk γWS 8.25
5 35
MNCN
67.9
V25 γWS 8.24 8.25
4
Wind load acting
on substructure
44.7 263.
Vtk γWS 5.90
1 80
MNTN
14.5 86.0
V25 γWS 5.90
8 2
211. 368
Braking force (BR) γBR 17.4
2 0.8
12.6 32.8
MNCN γWA 2.60
3 4
Stream pressure
(P)
MNTN γWA 1.21 0.25 0.30
2.4. LOAD COMBINATIONS
2.4.1. Load combinations for section I-I
- Load combination I: calculate maximum vertical pressure acting on calculated section (calculate
with lowest water level).
Load combinations for section I-I
Limit Load factor β V HX HY MX MY

State
βDC βDW βA βWS βWL βWA βCV (KN) (KN) (KN) (KNm) (KNm)
Strength I 1.25 1.50 1.75 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 68504.80 369.69 29.14 45.84 7550.50
Strength II 1.25 1.50 0.00 1.40 0.00 1.00 0.00 61546.59 62.60 2484.15 40882.23 557.11
Strength III 1.25 1.50 1.35 0.40 1.00 1.00 0.00 66914.36 301.14 955.57 16308.78 6083.37
Service 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 1.00 1.00 0.00 50942.79 225.75 780.22 13391.89 4560.29
- Load combination II: Calculate maximum moment acting on calculated section (calculate with
highest water level).
Load combinations for section I-I
Load factor β V HX HY MX MY
Limit State
βDC βDW βA βWS βWL βWA βCV (KN) (KN) (KN) (KN.m) (KN.m)
Strength I 1.25 1.50 1.75 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 53341.36 369.69 1.21 0.30 6441.44
Strength II 1.25 1.50 0.00 1.40 0.00 1.00 0.00 46383.15 62.60 2456.22 33471.68 369.32
Strength III1.25 1.50 1.35 0.40 1.00 1.00 0.00 51750.92 301.14 927.64 13483.95 5179.93
Service 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 1.00 1.00 0.00 40199.66 225.75 752.29 11093.14 3883.04
2.4.2. Load combination for section II-II
- Load combination I: calculate maximum vertical pressure acting on calculated section (calculate
with lowest water level).
Table 29. Load combinations for section II-II
Limit Load factor β V HX HY MX MY

State
Strength I 1.25 1.50 1.75 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 53341.36 369.69 1.21 0.30 6441.44
Strength II 1.25 1.50 0.00 1.40 0.00 1.00 0.00 46383.15 62.60 2456.22 33471.68 369.32
Strength III 1.25 1.50 1.35 0.40 1.00 1.00 0.00 51750.92 301.14 927.64 13483.95 5179.93
Service 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 1.00 1.00 0.00 40199.66 225.75 752.29 11093.14 3883.04
- Load combination II: calculate maximum moment acting on calculated section (calculate with
highest water level).
Load combinations for section II-II
Load factor β V HX HY MX MY
Limit State
Strength I 1.25 1.50 1.75 0.00 0.00 1.00 0.00 52157.86 369.69 12.63 32.84 6441.44
Strength II 1.25 1.50 0.00 1.40 0.00 1.00 0.00 45199.65 35.36 2432.10 33402.94 291.68
Strength III1.25 1.50 1.35 0.40 1.00 1.00 0.00 50567.41 298.61 928.91 13487.55 5172.70
Service 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 1.00 1.00 0.00 39016.16 223.85 756.09 11103.97 3877.62
2.5. CALCULATE AND ARRANGEMENT REINFORCEMENT
2.5.1. Formula to check
Because sections subjected to biaxial flexure and compression, we need to check operational
condition of sections before calculating and arranging reinforcements to apply right formulas.
+ If the factored axial load Pu> 0.1 × φ × fc’ × Ag we use the following formula:
1 1 1 1
= + − (5.7.4.5 − 1) (1)
𝑃𝑟𝑥𝑦 𝑃𝑟𝑥 𝑃𝑟𝑦 𝜙. 𝑃𝑂
For which: PO = 0.85fc × (Ag - Ast) + Asr × fy
+ If the factored axial load Pu < 0.1 × φ × fc × Ag we use the following formula:
𝑀𝑢𝑥 𝑀𝑢𝑦
+ ≤ 1.0(5.7.4.5 − 3) (2)
𝑀𝑟𝑥 𝑀𝑟𝑦
Where,
+ φ: Resistance factor for members in axial compression, φ = 0.75
+ Pu: Factored applied axial force.
+ Ag: Gross area of section.
+ Mux: Factored applied moment about the X – axis (Nmm)
+ Muy: Factored applied moment about the Y – axis (Nmm)
+ Mrx: Uniaxial factored flexural resistance of a section in the direction of the X - axis
(Nmm).
+ Mry: Uniaxial factored flexural resistance of a section in the direction of the Y - axis
(Nmm).
+ Prx: Factored axial resistance in the direction of the X - axis (N)
+ Pry: Factored axial resistance in the direction of the Y - axis (N)

+ Prx: Factored axial resistance in biaxial flexure (N)
2.5.5.1 Calculate and arrange reinforcement subjected to flexure

- Arrange constructive reinforcement and then check bearing capacity of sections. If not satisfy,
we must arrange reinforcement again.
- For rectangular section, determine depth of the equivalent stress block as following:
𝐴𝑆 𝑓𝑌 − 𝐴𝑆 ’𝑓𝑌
𝑎= 𝑐𝑚
0,85𝑓𝑐’ 𝑏
- Distance from extreme compression fiber to the neutral axis:

𝑎
𝑐= 𝑐𝑚
𝛽1
- For rectangular section, nominal resistance of the section is taken as:

𝑎 𝑎
𝑀𝑛 = 𝐴𝑆 𝑓𝑌 (𝑑𝑆 − ) − 𝐴𝑆 ′. 𝑓𝑌 . (𝑑𝑆 ′ − ) (𝑘𝑁𝑚)
2 2
- Factored flexural resistance of the section:
Mr = φ M n
Where, φ is resistance factor, φ = 0.9 for non-prestressed structure.
- Check limit for maximum reinforcement

𝑐
< 0.42
𝑑𝑆
+ Check based on strength: 𝛷𝑀𝑛 ≥ 𝑚𝑖𝑛( 1.2𝑀𝑐𝑟 ; 1.33𝑀𝑢 )
+ ρ ≤ 0.03 fc’/fy
For which,
f’c: Specified compressive strength of concrete at 28 days, f ’c = 35 MPa
fy: Yield strength of tension steel: fy = 420 MPa
- Check cracking reinforcement of sections:
- Use factored load combined at service limit state
Check condition: Components are proportioned that the tensile stress in the mild steel
reinforcement at the service limit state fsa satisfy the following formular:
𝑍
𝑓𝑆 ≤ 𝑓𝑠𝑎 = 1 ≤ 0.6𝑓𝑦 = 0.6 × 42 = 25.2 (𝑘𝑁/𝑐𝑚2 )
(𝑑𝑐 × 𝐴)3
Where,
+ dC: Depth of concrete measured from extreme tension fiber to center of bar or
wire located closest hereto, for calculation purposes, the thickNess of clear cover
used to compute dc is not taken to be greater than 50 mm.
+ A: Area of concrete having the same centroid as the principal tensile

reinforcement and bounded by the surfaces of the cross-section and a straight line
parallel to the neutral axis, divide by the number of bars or wires (mm2)

𝐴𝑐
𝐴=
𝑛𝑏𝑎𝑟𝑠
Where,
+ Nbars: The number of bars subjected to tension in gross area of concrete Ac.
+ Z: Crack width parameter (N/mm). Z is taken as:
For members in moderate exposure conditions: Z ≤ 30000 N/mm =300 KN/cm
For members in severe exposure conditions: Z ≤ 23000 N/mm = 230 KN/cm
For buried structure: Z ≤ 17500 N/mm = 175 KN/cm
Assume main span is designed in moderate exposure conditions, then we take crack width
parameter as: Z = 30000 N/mm
- Tensile stress in reinforcement is taken as:

𝑀𝑡𝑐
𝑓𝑆 =
𝐴𝑆 × 𝑗 × 𝑑𝑆
Where,
+ MTC: moment at section at the service limit state.
+ AS: The area of tensile reinforcement.
+ dS: Effective depth of section.
+ j: Calculating factor, j = 1- k/3
Factor k is determined by the formula:
𝑘 = −𝜌. 𝑛 + √𝜌2 . 𝑛2 + 2. 𝜌. 𝑛
+ 𝜌: Ratio of tension steel to gross area

𝐴𝑆
𝜌=
𝑏. 𝑑𝑆
+ n: Ratio of modulus of elasticity of steel to modulus of elasticity of concrete.
2.5.2. Check section II-II
2.5.2.1. General data

- In fact, pier section is beveled by a diameter equal to half of pier width. Therefore, when
calculating I transform pier section into rectangle section to match calculating model according
to theory.
- Transform principles: Rectangle width is equal to pier width; rectangle length is taken to not
change the area of section. The area of reinforcement in both directions doesn’t change, too.
General data of section II-II

Height of pier section dh 3.00 m

Width of pier section bh 9.20 m

Area of pier section Ag 25.67 m2
Height of reduced section d'h 3.00 m
Width of reduced section b'h 8.56 m
- Summation of loads acting on Section II-II:
V HX HY MX MY
Limit State
(KN) (KN) (KN) (KN.m) (KN.m)

Strength I 53341.36 369.69 12.63 32.84 6441.44
Strength II 46383.15 35.36 2432.10 33402.94 369.32
Strength III 51750.92 298.61 928.91 13487.55 5179.93
Service 40199.66 223.85 756.09 11103.97 3883.04
2.5.2.2. Check for strength I Limit State
- Check flexural resistance
+ Check operational condition of sections:
Resistance factor φ 0.75
Compressive strength of concrete at 28 days of age fc 25.67 MPa
Area of section Ag 35 mm2
0.1 × φ × fc × Ag 67380.0316 KN
Calculated axial force Ntt = V 53341.36 KN
𝑀𝑢𝑥 𝑀𝑢𝑦
Checking formula + ≤ 1,0
𝑀𝑟𝑥 𝑀𝑟𝑦
+ Determine factored flexural resistance:

500
1250 4000 1250
:1
1
1500
:1
1
1500 6500 1500
16500
21000
5500 9500 5500 4000 3500 4000

3000
1250 2@4500 1250

1250 4@4500 1250
10250 4500 4500 1250
1600
440 R175
0
Ø1
1250
3500
1600
2500 400
1750 6500 1750

R1
75
10000
0
11500
9000
3500
325
900 8@200 1500 8@200 900
900
2@150
1700
900
1250
900 8@200 1500 8@200 900
20500
Figure 29. Reinforcement of pier P4
DIRECTION
NAME OF QUANTITY SYMBOL UNIT
Longitudinal Horizontal
Flexural resistance factor φ 0.9 0.9
Diameter of bar D 29 29
The number of bars n 84 30 bars
Area of bars As 54180 19350 mm2
Yield strength of steel fy 420 420 MPa
ThickNess of concrete cover dc 100 100 mm
Effective depth of section ds 2886 8442 mm
Section width b 8556 3000 mm
Stress block factor β 0.80 0.80
Depth of equivalent stress block a 89.40 91.06 mm
Factored flexural resistance Mry 58179.73 KN.m

Mrx 61412.07 KN.m

+ Calculated flexural resistance that consider slenderness effect:
Table 30: Flexural resistance that consider slenderness effect
DIRECTION
Longitudinal Horizontal
Area of section Ag 25.67 25.67 m2
Iy-y 19.25 m4
Inertia moment
Ix-x 156.60 m4
Factor k 2 2
Length of compressive bar Lu 11.30 11.30 m
Radius of gyration r 0.87 2.47 m
Slenderness ratio K.Lu/r 26.10 9.15
Axial compressive resistance factor φ 0.75 0.75
Factor Cm Cm 1 1
Calculated axial force Pu 53341.36 53341.36 KN
Modulus of elasticity Ec 31799 31799 MPa
Bucking force Pe Pe 11829285.78 non
Factor δ 1.006 not consider
+ Check flexural resistance:
Mux Muy Mrx Mry Mux/Mrx Muy/Mry

Limit State (1)+(2) Check
(KN.m) (KN.m) (KN.m) (KN.m) (1) (2)
Strength I 32.84 6480.40 61412.07 58179.73 0.00 0.11 0.11 OK
Strength II 33402.94 371.56 61412.07 58179.73 0.54 0.01 0.55 OK
Strength III 13487.55 5211.27 61412.07 58179.73 0.22 0.09 0.31 OK
Service 11103.97 3906.53 61412.07 58179.73 0.18 0.07 0.25 OK
- Check shear strength:
Direction
Sym
Name of quantity Unit
bol Longitudina Horizont
l al
Resistance factor φ 0.90 0.90
Compressive strength of concrete at 28
fc 35.00 35.00 MPa
days of age
Diameter of stirrups D 16 16.00
Area of stirrups within distance s Av 398 398.00 mm2
Transverse bars spacing s 600.00 600.00 mm

Factor β β 2 2
degre
Angle θ θ 45 45
e
𝑽𝒄 = 𝟎. 𝟎𝟖𝟑 × 𝜷 × √𝒇′𝒄 × 𝒃𝒗 × 𝒅𝒗 Vc 23870.62 24736.85 KN
𝑨𝒗 × 𝒇𝒚 × 𝒅𝒗 × (𝒄𝒐𝒕 𝒈 𝜽 + 𝒄𝒐𝒕 𝒈 𝜶) × 𝒔𝒊𝒏 𝜶
𝑽𝒔 = Vs 791.45 2339.17 KN
𝒔
0,25.fc.bv.dv 212681.46 220399.33 KN
Vn = min(Vc+Vs;( 0,25.fc.bv.dv)) Vn 24662.07 27076.02 KN
Factored shear strength Vr 22195.86 24368.42 KN

Vu =
Calculated shear force 369.69 2432.10 KN
Hx
Vu <
Check OK OK
Vr
2.5.2.3. Check for service limit stage
DIRECTION
Longitudin
Horizontal
al
Limit stress in tensile steel 0,6×fy 252.00 252.00 MPa
Depth of concrete measured from

extreme tension fiber to center of bar dc 100.00 100.00 mm
or wire located closest hereto
The number of bars n 84 30 bar
Area of concrete A 20372 20000.00 mm2
Cracking width factor Z 30000 30000.00 N/mm
Tensile stress of reinforcement at

fsa 237 238 MPa
service stage
Ratio of modulus of Elasticity Es/Ec 6.29 6.29
ρ = As/(b.ds) ρ 0.00219 0.00076
𝒌 = −𝝆. 𝒏 + √(𝝆. 𝒏)𝟐 + 𝟐. 𝝆. 𝒏 k 0.45 0.19

j=1-k/3 j 0.85 0.94
Tensile stress of steel fs = Ms/(As.j.ds) fs 29.22 72.64 MPa
Check: fs < min (fsa; 0,6fy) OK OK
2.6. CALCULATION AND ARRANGEMENT PILES
2.6.1. Foundation parameters
Order Parameters Symbol Value Unit

1 Drilled shaft diameter D 1.50 m
2 Drilled shaft length L 50.00 m
3 Axial reinforcing bar diameter D29
4 Area of one reinforcing bar As 645 mm2
5 Yield strength of steel fy 420 MPa
6 The number of reinforcing bars n 24 bar
7 Type of column tie Spiral
8 Compressive strength of concrete at the age of 28 days fc’ 30 MPa
2.6.2. Drilled shaft bearing capacity calculated based on material
- The nominal axial load resistance of drilled shaft is calculated as below:
+ With spiral column tie:

'
Pn =0.85 [0.85fc ×(Ag -Ast ) + fy Ast ]
+ With common column tie:

'
Pn =0.80 [0.85fc ×(Ag -Ast ) + fy Ast ]
- Factored axial load resistance of pile is calculated as below:

𝑃𝑅 =φ.P𝑛
Area of drilled shaft Ag 1.767 m2
The number of reinforcing bars n 24 bar
Area of steel of drilled shaft Ast 0.0155 m2

Nominal axial load resistance of pile Pn 43493.72 KN
Resistance factor φ 0.75
Factored axial load resistance of pile Pr 32620.29 KN
2.6.3. Drilled shaft bearing capacity calculated based on foundation soil
- Table of geologic parameters at drilled shaft construction site:
Depth 𝛾𝑤 𝛾𝑠 𝜑 𝑆𝑢 SPT
Order Type of soil
H(m) kN/m3 kN/m3 Radius kN/m2 N/30cm
Layer 1 Filling soil 4.66 19.30 27.00 18.5 48.9 22-26
Layer 2 Clay 8.42 21.40 27.00 23.47 49.7 32-40
Layer 3 Fine sand Unlimited 21.20 26.90 42 > 50

- The factored bearing resistance of piles, QR, may be taken as:
𝑄𝑅 = 𝜑𝑄𝑛 = 𝜑𝑞 𝑄𝑢𝑙𝑡 (10.7.3.2-1)
or:
𝑄𝑅 = 𝜑𝑄𝑛 = 𝜑𝑞𝑝 𝑄𝑝 + 𝜑𝑞𝑠 𝑄𝑠 (10.7.3.2-2)
For which: Qp = qpAp (10.7.3.2-3)
Qs = qsAs (10.7.3.2-4)
Where:
+ 𝜑𝑞 : Resistance factor for the bearing resistance of a single pile.
+ 𝑄ult : Bearing resistance of a single pile (N)
+ 𝑄𝑝 : Pile tip resistance (N)
+ 𝑄𝑠 : Pile shaft resistance (N)
+ 𝑞𝑝 : Unit tip resistance of pile (MPa)
+ 𝑞𝑠 : Unit shaft resistance of pile (MPa)
+ 𝐴𝑝 : Area of pile tip (mm2)
+ 𝐴𝑠 : Surface area of pile shaft (mm2)
+ 𝜑q p : Resistance factor for tip resistance.
+ 𝜑q s : Resistance factor for shaft resistance.
a. Calculate drilled shaft resistance in cohesive soils
- Shaft resistance using the 𝛼 - method:

The nominal unit side resistance, in MPa, for shafts in cohesive soil loaded under undrained
loading conditions may be taken as:
𝑞𝑠 = 𝛼𝑆𝑢
Where: 𝑆𝑢 Mean undrained shear strength (MPa).
𝛼: Adhesion factor (DIM)
Values of 𝛼 shall be as specified in Table as below:
- Calculate shaft resistance of pile in cohesive soils.
Effective Undrained The nominal

Perimeter Adhesion Pile shaft
length of pile shear unit side
Layer in soils of pile factor resistance
strength resistance
Li (m) U (m) Su (kPa) 𝛼 𝑞𝑠 (kPa) 𝑄si (kN)
3 4.814 4.712 49.70 0.55 27.335 620.107
The nominal pile shaft resistance in cohesive soils 𝑄s1 (kN) 620.107
b. Calculate drilled shaft resistance in cohesionless soils.
- Calculate pile shaft resistance in cohesionless soils using the Reese and Wright method (1977).
- The nominal resistance of drilled shafts in cohesionless soils, in MPa, may be taken as:
qs = 0.0028N for N≤ 53
qs = 0.00021(N – 53) + 0.15 for 53 < N ≤ 100
Where: N: uncorrected SPT blow count (Blows/300 mm).

Average The nominal

Pile shaft
Depth Perimeter SPT blow unit shaft
Subdivision resistance
Layers count N resistance
layers
di (m) U (m) (blow/30cm) 𝑞𝑠 (MPa) 𝑄si (kN)
Layer 1 2.000 4.712 40.0 0.112 1055.488
Layer 2 2.000 4.712 43.4 0.122 1145.299

Layer
4
Layer 3 2.000 4.712 46.5 0.13 1227.106
Layer 4 2.500 4.712 47.2 0.132 1556.973
Layer 1 3.000 4.712 51.2 0.143 2026.704
Layer 2 3.000 4.712 52.3 0.146 2070.247

Layer
Layer 3 3.000 4.712 53.8 0.15 2122.95
5
Layer 4 3.000 4.712 54.1 0.15 2123.84
Layer 5 3.205 4.712 54.4 0.15 2269.92
The nominal pile shaft resistance in cohesionless soils𝑄s2 (kN) 15598.6
c. Calculate tip resistance in cohesionless soils
- Calculate pile tip resistance in cohesionless soils using the Reese and Wright method (1977).
qp = 0.064N MPa for N ≤ 60
qp = 3.8 MPa for N > 60.
Where: N: uncorrected SPT blow count (Blows/300 mm), N = 54 (blows/300mm)
So: qp = 0.064 x 54 = 3.456 MPa.
- The nominal pile tip resistance in cohesionless soils𝑄𝑃 :

𝑄𝑃 =q𝑝 ×A𝑝
3πD2𝑝
⇒ 𝑄𝑃 =q𝑝 .A𝑝 =3.456 × 10 × = 𝟔𝟏𝟎𝟕. 𝟐𝟓𝟔 kN
4
d. Drilled shaft bearing capacity calculated based on foundation soil
- Formula:
𝑄𝑅 =φQ𝑛 =φq p 𝑄𝑝 +φqs 𝑄𝑠

The nominal Pile shaft resistance and The nominal Pile tip The
factors resistance and factors factored
bearing
𝑄𝑝 (KN) resistance
𝑄s1 (KN) 𝜑qs1 𝑄s2 (KN) 𝜑qs2 𝜑q p
of piles QR
620.106 0.65 15598.617 0.45 6107.256 0.45 10170.7
d. Calculate the factored axial load resistance of single pile
- Formula: 𝑃tt = min (𝑃𝑟 ;Q𝑅 )
So: 𝑃tt = min(𝑃𝑟 ;Q𝑅 )= min (32620.29; 10170.7) = 10170.7 (KN)
e. Estimate the number of piles in foundation
- The number of piles may be taken as below:

𝑁tt
𝑛𝑐 ≥ β
𝑃tt
In which:
• 𝑁tt : Total vertical loads acting on bottom of footing.
• 𝑃tt : The factored axial load resistance of single pile.
• 𝛽: Factor depending on footing’s type and moment’s value, 𝛽 =1.5.

𝑁tt 68504.8
𝑛𝑐 ≥ β =1.5 = 10.1 (piles)
𝑃tt 10170.7
=> Choose npile= 15 piles.
- Length of pile: L = 30 m.
- Piles are arranged as below:

1250
00
15
Ø
2@4500
11500
1250
1250 4@4500 1250
20500
Figure 30. Piers arrangement

2.7. CHECK PILE FOUNDATION
2.7.1. Checking condition
- Check pile foundation according to Specification 22TCN 18 – 79 of Ministry of Transport.
- Foundation base is higher than ground level, so we calculate foundation according to high
foundation base theory.
- Pile diameter: 0.9 < D = 1.5 ≤ 2m => so we calculate foundation according to theory of major
diameter foundation pile.
2.7.2. Check pile foundation according to The First Limit State
2.7.2.1. General parameters

The number of piles n 15 m
Diameter of pile D 1.500 m
Length of pile L 30.000 m
Compressive strength of pile fc 30 MPa
Modulus of Elasticity of pile Ec 29440.087 MPa
Longitudinal x 4.500 m
Pile spacing
Horizontal y 4.500 m
Length of pile in soil h 25.778 m
ThickNess of soil layer 1 h1 4.814 m
Free length of pile (after scour) lo 4.222 m
- Loads acting on foundation base:
V HX HY MX MY
Limit State
(KN) (KN) (KN) (KN.m) (KN.m)
Strength I 68504.80 369.69 29.14 45.84 7550.50
Strength II 61546.59 62.60 2484.15 40882.23 557.11
Strength III 66914.36 301.14 955.57 16308.78 6083.37
Service 50942.79 225.75 780.22 13391.89 4560.29
2.7.2.2. Determine calculating parameters

- Area of pile section:

𝜋 × 𝐷2
𝐴=
4
- Moment of inertia of pile:
𝜋 × 𝐷4
𝐼=
64
- Calculating width of pile:
𝑎𝑡𝑡 = 0,9 × (𝐷 + 1)
- Conversion factor:
𝑚1 × ℎ1 × (2 × ℎ𝑚 − ℎ1 ) + 𝑚2 × (ℎ𝑚 − ℎ1 )2
𝑚= 2
ℎ𝑚
Where:
m1, m2: Factor, depending on properties of soil layer 1, 2
h1: depth of soil layer 1
hm: may be taken as:

ℎ𝑚 = 2 × (𝐷 + 1)
- Rigidity factor of pile in surrounding soil environment:
5 𝑚 × 𝑎𝑡𝑡
𝛼=√
𝐸𝐽
- Transversion depth ℎ = 𝛼
̄ ×ℎ
Area of pile section A 1.77 m2
Moment of inertia of pile I 0.25 m4
Flexural rigidity of pile EI 7316005.63 KN

52024928.9 KN.m
Compression rigidity of pile EA
1 2
Calculating width of pile: att 2.25 m

hm
Depth of soil that stress isn’t depending on m 5.00 m
=2(D+1)
KN/m
Factor of soil layer 1 m1 4000 4
KN/m
KN/m
KN/m
Conversion factor m 4002.77 4
Rigidity factor of pile in surrounding soil

α 0.26
environment

Transversion depth h 6.75 m
Influence factor of surrounding soil Kh 0.013

2.7.2.3. Determine unit displacement of foundation base
- Calculate Unit displacement at pile tip according to horizontal plane frame:
+ Horizontal unit displacement caused by H = 1:

1 (𝐵3 × 𝐷4 − 𝐵4 × 𝐷3 ) + 𝐾ℎ (𝐵2 𝐷4 − 𝐵4 𝐷2 )
𝛿𝐻𝐻 = ×
𝛼 3 × 𝐸 × 𝐼 (𝐴3 × 𝐵4 − 𝐴4 × 𝐵3 ) + 𝐾ℎ (𝐴2 𝐵4 − 𝐴4 𝐵2 )
+ Angular unit displacement caused by H = 1

1 (𝐴3 D4 -A4 D3 )+Kℎ . (𝐴2 D4 -A4 D2 )
𝛿HM =δMH = .
𝛼2 × E × I (𝐴3 .B4 -A4 B3 )+Kℎ . (𝐴2 B4 -A4 B2 )
+ Angular unit displacement caused by M = 1

1 (𝐵3 C4 -A4 C3 )+Kℎ . (𝐵2 C4 -B4 C2 )
𝛿MM = ×
αEI (𝐴3 B4 -A4 B3 )+Kℎ . (𝐴2 B4 -A4 B2 )
Value of influence function

A1 -10.39410 B1 -22.47610 C1 -11.15810 D1 -11.15810
A2 1.79465 B2 -17.21760 C2 -32.96950 D2 -32.21610
A3 24.97670 B3 11.94850 C3 -19.60110 D3 -41.35540
A4 49.08510 B4 62.70540 C4 30.07450 D4 -27.67440
- Calculate Unit displacement at pile tip according to longitudinal plane frame:
+ Horizontal unit displacement caused by H = 1:

𝐿3𝑜 2
𝑑
𝛿HH = +δ +L .δ +2.L𝑜 .δMH
3EI HH 𝑜 MM
+ Angular unit displacement caused by M = 1
𝐿𝑜
𝑑
𝛿MM = +δ
EI MM
+ Angular unit displacement caused by H = 1
𝑑 𝐿2𝑜
𝑑
𝛿HM =δMH = +L .δ +δ
2EI 𝑜 MM MH
+ Vertical unit displacement caused by P = 1:
𝑑
𝐿𝑜 +h 𝑘𝑛
𝛿𝑝𝑝 = +
EA 𝐶ℎ .Fℎ
- Specific rigidity of pile:

1
𝜌𝑃𝑃 = 𝑑
𝛿𝑝𝑝

𝑑
𝛿𝑀𝑀
𝜌𝐻𝐻 = 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 2
𝛿𝐻𝐻 𝛿𝑀𝑀 − 𝛿𝑀𝐻
𝑑
𝛿𝑀𝐻
𝜌𝑀𝐻 = 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 2
𝑑
𝛿𝐻𝐻
𝜌𝑀𝑀 = 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑 2
NAME OF QUANTITY SYMBOL VALUE

Unit Horizontal unit displacement caused by H = 1 δHH 1.76E-05
displacement
Angular unit displacement caused by H = 1 δHM = δMH 2.73E-06
at pile tip
according to
horizontal Angular unit displacement caused by M = 1 δMM 7.06E-07
plane frame
Unit Horizontal unit displacement caused by H = 1 δdHH 5.67E-05
displacement
Angular unit displacement caused by M = 1 δdMM 1.28E-06
at pile tip
according to Angular unit displacement caused by H = 1 δdHM 6.93E-06
longitudinal
Vertical unit displacement caused by P = 1 δdPP 2.2219E-06
plane frame
ρP 4.50E+05
Specific ρHH 5.19E+04
rigidity of pile ρMH 2.80E+05
ρMM 2.29E+06
2.7.2.4. Calculated internal forces of pile in longitudinal direction of bridge
- Ordinate of piles:
Row of pile x (m) Number of piles in a row

1 -4.5 5
2 0 5
3 4.5 5
- Calculate coefficient of system of canonical equation:
COEFFICIENT FORMULAS VALUE

𝑛
rvv 𝑟𝑣𝑣 = ∑ 𝜌𝑃𝑃 6.75E+06

1
𝑛
ruu 𝑟𝑢𝑢 = ∑ 𝜌𝐻𝐻 7.79E+05

1
𝑛 𝑛
rωω 𝑟𝜔𝜔 = ∑ 𝜌𝑀𝑀 + ∑ 𝑥 2 𝜌𝑃𝑃 1.26E+08

1 1

rvu = ruv rvu = ruv= 0 0
rvω = rωv rvω = rωv = 0 0

𝑛
ruω = rωu 𝑟𝑢 𝜔 = r𝜔𝑢 = ∑ 𝜌𝑀𝐻 4.21E+06

1
Calculate displacement of system:
𝑟𝑣𝑣 𝑣 + 𝑟𝑣𝑢 𝑢 + 𝑟𝑣𝜔 𝜔 = 𝑃
{𝑟𝑢𝑣 𝑣 + 𝑟𝑢𝑢 𝑢 + 𝑟𝑢𝜔 𝜔 = 𝐻𝑥
𝑟𝜔𝑣 𝑣 + 𝑟𝜔𝑢 𝑢 + 𝑟𝜔𝜔 𝜔 = 𝑀𝑦
Vertical load V 68504.80 KN

Load acting on
foundation base in Lateral load Hx 301.14 KN
longitudinal direction
Moment My 6083.37 KNm
v 1.01E-02
Displacement of foundation base u 1.53E-04
w 4.33E-05
- Calculate internal force of pile:
- Formulas:
+ Axial internal force: 𝑁𝑛 = (𝑣 + 𝜔𝑥𝑖 )𝜌𝑖𝑝𝑝
+ Lateral internal force at pile tip: 𝑄𝑛 = 𝑢𝜌𝑖𝐻𝐻 + 𝜔𝜌𝑖𝐻𝑀
+ Moment at pile tip: 𝑀𝑇𝑛 = 𝜔𝜌𝑖𝑀𝑀 + 𝑢𝜌𝑖𝑀𝐻
Value Unit
Name of quantity Symbol
Row 1 Row 2 Row 3
Axial load of pile N 4479.202 4566.987 4654.772 kN
Lateral load at pile tip Q 20.076 20.076 20.076 kN
Moment at pile tip Mt 142.203 142.203 142.203 kN.m
2.7.2.5. Calculated internal forces of pile in horizontal direction of bridge

- Ordinate of piles:
Row of pile y (m) Number of piles in a row

1 -9 3
2 -4.5 3
3 0 3

4 4.5 3
5 9 3
- Calculate displacement of system:
Load acting on Vertical load V 68504.80 KN

foundation base
Lateral load Hy 2484.15 KN
in horizontal
direction Moment Mx 40882.23 KNm
v 1.01E-02
Displacement of foundation base u 2.67E-03
w 9.63E-05
- Calculate internal force of pile:
Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row 4 Row 5
Axial load of pile N 4176.75 4371.87 4566.98 4762.10 4957.21 kN

6 1 7 3 8
Lateral load at pile Q 150.750 150.750 150.750 150.750 150.750 kN
tip
Moment at pile tip Mt 969.441 969.441 969.441 969.441 969.441 kN
m
2.7.2.6. Check foundation pile according to The First Limit State
Nmax + ΔN ≤ Qpile
Nmax: maximum internal axial force of single pile
ΔN: Self-weight of single pile
Qpile: factored axial load resistance of single pile.
Value
Name of quantity Symbol Unit
Longitudi Horizont
nal al
Self-weight of single pile ΔN 1325.359 1325.359 kN
Maximum internal axial force of single
Nmax 4654.772 4957.218 kN
pile
Nmax + ΔN 5980.131 6282.578 kN
Factored axial load resistance of single
Q 10170.7 10170.7 kN
pile
Check OK OK

CHAPTER 3
CONSTRUCTION ORGANIZATION
3.1. ABUTMENT CONSTRUCTION
3.1.1. Abutment dimensions
- There are two U-shaped reinforced concrete abutments laying on cast-in-situ piles 1.5m.
- There are 2 pile rows in the longitudinal direction of the bridge and 3 pile rows in the horizontal
direction of the bridge. Spacing between horizontal rows is 6m, and longitudinal rows is 4.5 m.
There are all 6 piles in an abutment foundation.
- U-shaped abutment, its reinforced concrete footing has 2.0 m in thickNess standing on cast- in
place piles 1500. p il e a r r a n g e me n t
1250
4500
7000
0
1 50
Ø
1250
1250 2@6000 1250
14500
Figure 31. Piles arrangement at abutment A0
3.1.2. Abutment A0 construction alternative:
a. Step 1: Prepare the plan

bulldozer
Central line of abutment M0

- Grade and bulldoze soil to get the design elevation flat, make movement ways for soil auger as
well as temporary ways to serve for transportation equipment, construction equipment to ensure
that constructing is carried out continuously.
- Because abutment area is empty, then, abutment locating should base on longitudinal center
line of the bridge and pre-located mark piles. Use leveling instrument and theodolite to locate
and check positions of piles from mark piles available.
- After locating, we drill to make holes. Clean the flat to serve for step 2.
b. Step 2: Construction bored piles.
grout pipe
steel crib D=1600mm
t=12mm, L=12m
- Drive wall pipe down to design elevation. Also use bentonite to stabilize hole wall.
- Lower reinforcement cage and concrete the pile by method of pushing concrete tube up
vertically.
c. Step 3: Digging the foundation pit
- Using mechanized combined manual.
- Remove soil in pit by clamshell crane and worker until design elevation.
- Transfer soil by self-discharge car.
- Break up the pile top, then, clean and flatten the foundation to serve for next step.
1:
1
1
1:
6 bored piles -56.5

D=1.5m
d. Step 4: Construction of pile cap

Pumpcrete machine
water pump
1:
1
10cm blinding concrete
6 bored piles -56.5

D=1.5m
- CoMPact foundation bottom, place and coMPact a crushed stone layer or a poor concrete layer
at the foundation bottom as a concrete blinding coat. Concreting this layer is stopped when it
reaches foundation bottom elevation.
- Lay reinforcement and erect formwork to concrete the footing.
- Pour pile cap concrete.
e. Step 5: Pouring the concrete for abutment
- Remove pile cap’s formwork.
- Install YUKM scaffolding, formwork, rebar for abutment shaft, wing wall, ballast wall...
- Construct abutment chopping, and transition slab.
landing stage of scaffold
Scaffolding
Pumpcrete machine
6 bored piles
-56.5
D=1.5m
f. Step 6: Finish abutment

+6.90
+3.50
6 bored piles
-56.5
D=1.5m
- Remove formwork, scaffolding
- Finish the abutment.
3.1.3. Detail contain of each work:
a. Determine abutment center position
- Use a theodolite to determine abutment area before constructing it in site. The work is carried
out 3 times in 3 stages: Before construction, During construction, After construction.
- The position of theodolite must be reasonable, stable and safe because it works during
construction proceed.
- Determine elevations of components basing on available precise elevations.
b. Abutment construction method and construction technique:
- Preparation:
Prepare constructing engines and materials.
Prepare enough worker and other tasks to serve for construction proceed.
Grade and bulldoze to get the design elevation flat.
c. Cast- in place pile construction
c1. Locate the position of auger:
The locating effects greatly to position and quality of drilled piles.
Base on scaffold, order of hole drilling, movement method of auger to locate the auger suitably.
Locate, move and correct the auger so that center of drill tube coincides with center of drill hole.
Location equipment consists of crane, jack, chain paling, theodolite, leveling engine and a
plummet.
Check the position of auger tube and its vertical degree before drilling.

Stabilize the auger to avoid inclining or traveling during drill proceed.
c2. Lower wall tube: 160cm
- Diameter of the tubes should be 20 - 30 cm greater than diameter of piles. Their length is about
2 - 6m.
- Wall tube location:
Pre- excavate holes about 1.21,5m deep, their centers are drilled hole centers.
Correct to make the wall tube vertical by theodolite and plummet.
Use two location frames made from pre-shaped steel bars to stabilize the wall.
- Drive the tube:
Use vibro-hammer 60KVA.
Use a steel hammer and drawcords to drive the tube.
- The tube can be only tube or connected by some segments. This depends on:
Length of wall tube.
Soil layers which the tube goes through.
- When the tube is connected by some segments, we should note to their connection:
Connection plane should be perpendicular to wall center so that the tube isn’t cracked.
Welded tightly to prevent small sand from penetrating into the tube.
Bearing capacity of welds should be enough to not be broken during driving down or pushing up
proceeds.
Don’t use connection slabs inside of the tube to avoid stucking or sticking of the tube.
c3. Wall tube checking task:
The checking should be cared during driving the tube down by plummet, theodolite and eyesight.
At any elevation during driving, if there is a inclination of the tube, we should give a solution
immediately.
- Calculating allowable inclination of tube depends on two factors:
Length of tube.
Diameter of tube.
d. Drill to make holes
- Drill to make holes by circulation drill method:
- Select drill bit: Base soil layers to select a type of bit and drill velocity as follows:
For soil, clay sand, sand, we use soil drill bit. Drill velocity depends on soil geology and depth:
Velocity of soil drill bits can reach 26, 32, 56 round/minute.
e. Bentonite and Bentonite mortar
e1. Supply:

Bentonite should be ensured its engineering properties before mixing
e2. Mixing:
- Bentonite should be mixed with clean water to create slurry to maintain stability of wall when
concreting and finish piles. Mixing temperature shouldn’t less than 50 C.
- When ground water contains salinity of chemical substances. Mixing bentonite should be careful.
e3. Testing:
- Before using bentonite, we should propose testing frequency of solution, method as well as
sample taking proceed.
e4. Treatment of discharge mortar:
- All reasonable steps should be done so that slurry doesn’t full out of drill holes. Discharge mortar
is removed far from the site immediately and following requirements of local agency.
f. Cleaning and checking drilled holes
f1. Cleaning holes:
Drilled holes are cleaned by reverse circulation method. The method is carried out by a pumping
engine 6BS.
Water and drill dust and substance seeds which their diameters is <150mm can be pumped out
by the engine 6BS.
Compensational water into pile is clean, its amount should be180m3/h to ensure that water
column in the hole is higher than static water level outside.
When drill beam reaches hole bottom, if pumped out water amount still ensures enough discharge
and there is no sand or stone seed in the hole. It satisfies requirement of clean level.
f2. Checking drilled holes:
Check inclination degree of drilled hole by putting a free drill bit down to hole bottom. We check
inclination degree of the beam. It is also the inclination degree of drill hole.
Check hole elevation: by drill beam.
Check breaking into several segments of hole: by using steel case or steel pipe which is 1,5m in
minimum length.
g. Steel reinforcement
g1. Processing reinforcement:
- Reinforcement should has clean surface without oil, fuel and rusts. It should be preserved
carefully.
- Suspension hook of steel cage is laid at reasonable positions to ensure allowable deflections of
steel case when it is moved.
g2. Lowering steel cages:
- Before lowering a steel cage, we need to check elevations of 4 points at round and one point
at center of the hole. Allowable bottom elevation in correction should be 100mm (h
100mm).

- After lowering cage, we should suspend the cage from wall tube so that it isn’t bent
longitudinally or go through the hole bottom. Steel cage is far 10 cm from hole bottom.
Basic steps in erecting and lowering steel segments as follows:
Dredge hole bottom.
Lower the cage in to drilled hole down to design elevation.
Check elevation of steel cage top- and of-hole bottom.
Anchor steel cage so that it isn’t floated up when we concrete the pile.
h. Pile concreting
h1. Material requirements:
Materials of concrete should satisfy following requirements:
Cement: M300
Sand: yellow sand. Its modulus is  2.5.
Water: Clean, there is no other substance in the water.
Admixture: Use admixture for concrete.
Ratio of water/ cement: Depends on concrete grade.
h2. Engineering requirements of concrete in water
Ensure engineering requirements of concrete mortar in case of concreting in water according to

specifications.
Requirements of slump, mortar separation and water separation of concrete are specified
particularly from testing of concrete mixing components and concrete pumping method.
h3. Concrete transportation
Transportation equipment of concrete should be tight.
Time from mixing to concreting shouldn’t be greater than 30 minutes.
h4. Concreting tube: requirements:
The tube should be tight and can bear concrete pressure.
Each segment of tube is about 3m long, their connectors should be easy to erect or to remove.
Minimum thickNess of tube wall is 8 mm.
External diameter of tube isn’t greater than 1/2 nominal diameter of pile.
h5. Concreting hopper:
- Angle between two walls of the hopper is about 60  80 to be easy for concreting, volume of
the hopper is about 1m3.
h6 Pile concreting
If the difference between volumes of concrete after concreting and calculating concrete volume
is greater than 30%, we should check and treat the difference of pile diameter suitably.

Concrete the pile by method of pushing the concreting tube up vertically.
h7. Method of pushing the concreting tube up vertically
Method of pushing the concreting tube up vertically should satisfy following rules:
Before concreting, tube bottom is lowered into the hole and far 20 cm to hole bottom.
Concreting velocity is slow to ensure non-movement of steel cage and non- separation of
concrete.
During concreting, keep tube bottom to be submerged into concrete mixture a distance of from
minimum 2m to maximum 5m.
During concreting, we should check and note down the relationship between concrete amount
and elevation of concrete surface in the hole.
*Particularly done procedure as follows:
Firstly, we use a wooden spigot or a tightly rolled sackcloth or a sphere to close the tube tightly.
The spigot is hold by a string. When concreting starts, the spigot will be pushed down gradually
to tube bottom, at this time, the tube bottom is lying on hole bottom. Then, we push the tube up
about 20- 30 cm from hole bottom and loose the string so that the spigot is removed out from
the tube bottom. Concrete will be filled in the hole continuously.
We should ensure that the tube bottom is submerged into concrete mixture a distance of 0.8-
1m. Base on area of foundation and concrete overflowing radius of each tube, we select number
of tubes.
Working radius of each tube is about 3-4.5m. Concreting should be continuous and minimum
capacity of concreting is 0.3m3/hour for 1 m2 of foundation area. If the foundation is quite large,
we can device the foundation in to segments to concrete gradually.
Reason that real concrete volume of a pile is greater than the calculating one is the difference
between real pile bottom diameter and its calculating diameter (about 3- 6 cm). Pile bottom
diameter is bigger due to washed mortar wall or some other reasons such as scoured soil hole-
wall, underground water impacts and so on.
3.1.4. Abutment construction in detail
a. Construction abutment footing:
- Use excavators and worker to excavate soil to designed elevation
- Break the top part of piles and clean the foundation
- Place a 10 cm - M150 concrete blinding coat to replace footing formwork
- Erect abutment footing formwork: The formwork is made by figured steels; they are connected
together by bolts
- Formwork requirements: Surfaces of formwork should be flat; connectors should be tight and
ensure their technique demands
- Reinforcement installation: Footing reinforcement is pre-made as reinforcement fabrics. Use a

crane to lift the fabrics up and put them in to their positions. Then, we weld them together to
form footing reinforcement
- Note:

+ Lay projecting reinforcement for body wall and wing wall
+ Footing concrete: Concreting requirement should be homogeneous and continuous; height of

concreting should be smaller than 1,5m so that concrete isn’t separated into different layers.
Concreting time should be smaller than curing time of concrete (4 hours)
+ Method of concreting: Use a crane and a pumping system. We pump concrete into narrow
spaces. To concrete into lateral layers 20-30cm thick, and to coMPact after each layer is
concreted.
+ Concrete amount is 13.0 × 6.5 × 2.0 = 169 m3. Use mix plant which its capacity is >40m3/h
to finish concreting in less 3 hours.
- CoMPacting method: Use riddles vibrators.
- Concrete maintenance: We should be ensuring maintain requirements for concrete in normal

condition.
b. Constructions of body wall, retaining wall, wing wall and supporting beam:
- Reinforcement installation: Reinforcement is welded into reinforcement fabrics. The fabrics are
welded together. Distance between reinforcement and formwork should ensure design conditions
- Formwork erection: After footing concrete reaches strength, we remove the formwork; use the
formwork and other ones to construct body wall, retaining wall wing wall and supporting beam
- Requirements of formwork erection: It should ensure abutment dimensions.
- Concreting: Use a crane and a pumping system
- CoMPacting equipment: Use needle vibrator
- Use the UYKM structure as false work and construction flat is made by I600 bars and steel stall
board.
c. Construct cutoff dike and abutment hat bent:
- Fill soil of abutment hat to design elevation and then we coMPact it tightly
- Construct the cutoff dike under the scouring line a distance of 0.5m
- Constructed abutment hat has its slope of 1:1
- Pave the bent by stone block.
3.2. PIER CONSTRUCTION
3.2.1. Pier dimensions
- There are 11 piers in the bridge, we only calculate for the pier P4 (P3).
- The pier P4 is a solid, steel reinforced concrete pier standing on a 15 cast- in place piles 1.5 m
in diameter.

3.2.2. Pier P4 construction alternative
- Foundation bottom elevation of the pier P4 is 6.586m lower than construction water level. The
foundation bottom is laid 9.086m under lowest water level. Construction alternative is following
those steps:
a. Step 1: Construction man-made island:
the piles to design elevation.
CRANE
C? N C? U
anchor bar D32

thanh neo D32
CWL: +3.3
400T float system

support frame H350
khung chèng H350
Larsen IV steel sheet pile
cäc v¸n thÐp Larsen IV
i (steel sheet pile level)

local piles Ø450
j (fixing pile level)i
cäc ®Þnh vÞ Ø450
- Determine the positions by pre-marked points
- Prepare materials and engines
- Drive internal and external fixing frame.
- Assemble internal and external pile hoop.
- Sink steel sheet pile until design elevation.
- Assemble anchor system at the cofferdam.
- Filling by sand into the cofferdam to construct man-made island.
b. Step 2: Construct piles:
- Assemble the borer on the platform.
- Locate the center of piles then bore the piles until design elevation.
- Washing the bored holes, check the cuttings at bottom of piles.
- Sink steel cribs; pour concrete of piles by pour-in-water concrete method (vertical extracted
pipe).

Borer
concrete plate
CWL: +3.3
6mm steel crib
i (steel sheet pile level)
j (fixing pile level)i
-58.7
.c. Step 3: Pour concrete to cover

Clamshell
foundation
- Remove soil in cofferdam by clamshell grout pipe
crane and worker until design elevation.
- Assemble inner belt, brace, remove CWl: +3.3
anchor bar D32.
- Pour base concrete to cover foundation

bottom until design elevation.
d. Step 4: Dig foundation pumping 2m base concrete
pit
- Absorb water and assemble -58.7

brace. CWL: +3.3
- Remove well casing above

cover concrete.
- Break up pile cap.
- Wash the pit, pour 100mm

blinding concrete.
blinding concrete
-58.7

25T CRANE
e. Step 5: Pour concrete for pile CÈu 25T
cap, pier:
- Install formwork, rebar, and pour Pumpcrete pipe

concrete for pile cap. ? ng bo m bê tông
- Use YUKM and scaffolding as platform

work.
- Install forwork, rebar, and pour

CWL: +3.3
concrete for pier.
+1.8
f. Step 6: Finish pier:
- Remove steel sheet piles, local piles.
- Finish pier.
-58.7
+6.74
-5.72
15 Bored Piles
D = 1.5m; L = 30m
-58.7
3.2.3. Pier P6 construction in detail
a. Determine the position of pier center
- Determining the position is similar to determining the position of the abutment above.
b. Vibrating to lower the wall tube, drilling to make holes, concreting piles:
- An auger standing on a construction flat, drilling and concreting are similar to ones of abutment
construction M0.
c. Footing construction
- Break pile head concrete, lay reinforcement of pile head in to footing a distance of 1.3m. Then,
we erect reinforcement, formwork and create a flat to concrete

- Erecting foundation formwork: Formwork is made of erected steel sheet. Dimensions of the
sheets are 1x2 (m). Erecting should ensure fitting and flatness of the formwork so that concrete
and cement are not flowed out of the formwork.
- Concreting:
After erecting reinforcement, we pour concrete the footing. Because the structure is great, we
install a concrete mix plant on a side of structure to supply concrete for construction. From the
plant, we use pumping tube to transport concrete to construction positions.
d. Pier body construction:
Use pre-made steel formwork to construct the body. We use rectangular steel sheets which
their dimensions are 1x2m and 4mm thick. Each pier has 3 erected curve formwork sheets; the
sheets are connected tightly by bolds. After concreting, when concrete reaches strength, we
remove bolds and sheets.
* Note: Before concreting, surfaces of formwork need covering by SEPARON compound to be

easy to remove the formwork after construction
3.2.4. Superstructure construction:
- Construction procedure according to balanced cantilever method consists of following steps:
+ Construct the segment on the pier top.
+ Balanced cantilever of segments.
+ Concrete and closure the side span.
+ Closure the main span.
3.2.5. Construct the segments on the pier top of P4 and P5.
Tripod launching system Tripod launching system

Crane 25 T Crane 25 T
Mixer and pumpcrete machine Crane 25 T Crane 25T Mixer and pumpcrete machine
UYKM scaffolding UYKM scaffolding
Floating system: 1.8mx23mx400T
pile H300 pile H300
- The segments are constructed after finishing constructing the pier body.
- Erect pier widening false work: The false work is made from figured bars. The bars are
connected with the pier by pre-stressing steel bars 38. On the false work, we erect formwork,
reinforcement, pre-stressing steel and concrete the segments K0.
- The segments K0 of the piers P3 and P4 are 12 m long, width of the bottom box girder is 6.4
(m), width of top slab is 12m. ThickNess of partition is 1.5 (m) on the pier center.
- Pouring Concrete proceeds is divided in to 4 stages:
+ Stage 1: Concrete the bottom slab of the girder.

+ Stage 2: Concrete the partition.
+ Stage 3: Concrete the web of the girder.
+ Stage 4: Concrete the top slab of the girder.
- Construction proceeds in detail of the segment:
+ After finishing concreting the pier body, we clean and create a construction flat
+ Lay temporary steel reinforced concrete supports
+ Erect pier widening false work
+ Erect formwork to concrete the segment K0
+ Lay normal reinforcement
+ Lay sheet metal pipe
+ Make pre-stressing bar 38 straight to fix the segment K0 with the pier
+ Concrete according to each stage
+ Stress pre-stressing reinforcement, and then pump mortar to fill the pipes up.
+ Stress pre-stressed the bars 38.
- Remove the formwork of the segment K0.
+ Removing:
* Remove timber wedges supporting points.
* Tighten bolds to create a pushing force to separate the formwork from concrete surface.
* Remove the formwork and move to other construction positions.
+ Remove pier widening false work:
* Remove bolds which connect steel bars I550 together
* Use a crane 25(T) standing on a floating system to remove bars
* Clean construction area
3.2.6. Balanced cantilever segments:
120T form traveler 120T form traveler 120T form traveler 120T form traveler
UYKM scaffolding UYKM scaffolding
pile H300 pile H300
- After finishing the segment K0, we concrete other segments by balanced cantilever method.
Use 2 traveling carriages to construct them.

- Traveling carriages are 120 T weight, 12 m long and 4 m high.
- Formwork weight is 20 (T).
- Lengths of segments are 2.5 (m), 3 (m) and 4 (m)
- Concreting proceeds of one segment consists of 3 stages:
+ Stage 1: Concrete the bottom slab.
+ Stage 2: Concrete the webs.
+ Stage 3: Concrete the top slab.
- Time for constructing one segment is about 7 days.
- Balanced cantilever construction procedure:
+ Remove false work and supporting system of pier top.
+ Lay the traveling carriage Segment 1 and Segment 1’.
+ Erect formwork, normal reinforcement and sheet metal pipe.
+ Concrete the segments K1, K1’.
+ Stress pre-stressing reinforcement and pump mortar.
+ Move the traveling carriage 1, 2 to new positions.
+ Redo the steps above for following segments.
3.2.7. Concrete side span part and closure the side span:
Crane 25 T Crane 25 T
Mixer and pumpcrete machine Mixer and pumpcrete machine
2000
120T form traveler 120T form traveler
pile H300 pile H300
- While constructing segments by balanced cantilever method, we erect a false work to construct
side span segment.
- Use the frame T-66 to support box girder formwork. Length of the false work is 10 m.
- Erecting steps:
+ Grade and bulldoze to make a construction flat.
+ Embank false work area by coMPacted stone.
+ Use a crane 25 (T) to erect false work segments T-66.
+ Connect segments T-66 together.
+ Lay timber wedges.
+ Erect formwork of bottom slab, webs and top slab.

+ Install sheet metal pipes of pre-stressing reinforcement.
+ Install normal reinforcement.
+ Correct elevations of components of the formwork.
- Concreting procedure: is similar to concreting procedure of balanced cantilever
- After concrete reaches strength, we stress pre-stressing reinforcement and pump mortar in to
pipes. Then we closure the side span.
- After closuring the side span, when concrete reaches strength, we stress reinforcement and
pump mortar into the pipes. Then remove formwork.
+ Removing of the formwork:
* Remove timber wedges supporting points.
* Tighten bolds to create a pushing force to separate the formwork from concrete surface.
* Remove the formwork and move to other construction positions.
+ Removing of the false work:
* Loose bolds, wedges and remove segment by segment uniformly.
3.2.8. Main span closuring

Crane 25 T
Tripod launching system Tripod launching system
120T form traveler
pile H300 pile H300
- Use one traveling carriage following the steps:
- Correct the closure segment in the lateral direction:
+ Anchorages on the bridge surface are anchored into the box by high strength steel bars PC38.
Internal force of each bar is 20 (T)
+ Correct inclined flanges in the lateral direction by inclined high strength bars
- Correct the closure segment in the vertical direction:
+ The correcting is based on main frame of traveling carriage.
+ Jack the anchorage bars, increase the jacking force to a necessary strength of bars 38.
+ Block the jack, tighten the anchorage bar.
+ Remove anchorage bars gradually and increase jacking pressure to pull the cantilever flange
up.
+ When reaching a requirement elevation, we anchor high strength steel bars and increase
jacking pressure so that internal force of bars is 10 (T).

+ Block the jacking, add buttresses.
- Erect temporary buttresses:
+ Two temporary buttresses are erected to serve for closuring.
+ Two head of the under buttress are filled by non- shortening cement mortar.
+ After two pre-stressing cables are stressed temporarily, two head of the upper buttress are
also filled by non- shortening cement mortar.
- Stress temporarily cables of the bottom slab after concrete reaches strength.
+ The first stressed cable reaches 75 % Pk.
+ Track the time to remove longitudinal connector on the top pier P6.
+ The second stressed cable reaches 50 % Pk.
- Stress reinforcement of bottom slab: After concrete reaches strength, we stress remain steel
cables.
- After stressing, we do other works to complete the construction.
- Construct surface covering layer, parapets, drainage tube and expansion joint.

PART 3
APPLICATION OF
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE
INCINERATION BOTTOM
ASH IN CIVIL ENGINEERING

I. INTRODUCTION
Bottom ash from municipal solid waste incineration (MSWI) is a by-product of the combustion of
the waste municipality in waste treatment plants. Bottom ash accounting for about 25-30% in
volume and 10% in volume Compared with the original waste. In the world, the production of
bottom ash is increasing rapidly and leads to two problems: environmental impact and lack of
storage space and facilities. In the trend of sustainable development, bottom ash is used to study
the replacement of materials in construction of geotechnical works such as roadbeds, construction
of embankments, embankment materials and parking areas. In Vietnam, many incineration plants
have been built and put into operation. Therefore, the bottom ash treatment is a major concern
of many agencies, departments and agencies. In fact, the underground bottom ash solution has
been introduced but the cost is too expensive because it requires a large area, transportation
costs. Moreover, heavy metals and organic matter contained in bottom ash can be dispersed in
groundwater and the environment. Therefore, the reuse of bottom ash in accordance with
technical, environmental and economic standards is an essential solution. By experimental and
modeling methods, the application of bottom ash from the municipal solid waste incineration in
construction of geotechnical works will be studied in this project.
II. OVERVIEW OF RESEARCH SITUATION

2.1. SITUATION OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN THE WORLD
According to statistics, currently, there are about 1.3 billion tons of domestic solid waste
discharged to the environment each year and about 130 million tons are incinerated in the world,
accounting for 10-15% of the total domestic waste [49]. According to a study by the World Bank,
the composition of domestic solid waste depends on the income of the people, the high organic
matter composition for the low-income group and high inorganic substances for the group high
income residents. Similarly, domestic solid waste has different characteristics depending on the
geographical area. For example, in the coastal areas developed by the tourism industry, the
amount of domestic solid waste is often high in seasonal seasons, the nature of solid waste in
the sea is also unique because the cleaning agents are quite popular and widely in the hospitality
industry, so it has a great impact on the water environment. Whereas solid waste in mountainous
areas is stable and most of them are normal wastes, the ratio of organic matter has very high
biodegradability, popularly on-site treatment.
Table 31. Solid waste composition by income [85]
Organic
Income Paper Plastic Glass Metal Others
substance
Low income 64 5 8 3 3 17
Normal income 59 9 12 3 2 15
Above average
54 14 11 5 3 13
income

High income 28 31 11 7 6 17
AccoMPanying the solution of reusing ash after incineration, the incineration method is gaining
more and more attention in industrialized countries because it has the ability to reduce the volume
to the minimum for the final processing stage ( burying, solidifying, recycling) (70-90% reduction
Compared to the initial volume), the generated thermal energy can be used for heating, boiler or
energy industry systems (electricity generation) [91]. The proportion of domestic waste
incinerated in industrialized countries is quite high, up to 62% [34,35]. Thus, in European
countries, incineration method is the main way to treat domestic solid waste, especially in France.
Table 32. Amounts of bottom ash produced in Europe [36]
Incinerated waste [million Bottom ash [million

Country
tons] tons]
Belgium (2010) 3.03 0.51
Czech Republic (2010) 0.51 0.16
Denmark (2008) 3.59 0.63
Finland (2009) 0.27 0.05
France (2010) 14.1 3.0
Germany (2010) 20.04 5.00
Hungary (2008) 0.40 0.09
Italy (2010) 4.71 1.27
Netherlands (2011) 7.2 1.6
Norway (2010) 1.35 0.25
Portugal (2011) 1.13 0.21
Spain (2011) 2.42 0.42
Sweden (2009) 4.50 0.74
For example, in France, nearly 3 million tons of bottom ash are produced annually [1,56]. In
Denmark, urban waste incineration also plays an important role in waste management. In fact,
the incineration of 2-3 million tons of waste generates about 500,000 tons of bottom ash [43,56.
In the Filander region (north of Belgium), 25% of urban waste is incinerated and generates about
2,200,000 tons of bottom ash annually [5]. In Sweden, there are about 45,000 tons of bottom
ash produced annually [115]. In the Netherlands and Germany, bottom ash is produced annually
at 1 and 2 million tons [56]. In Taiwan, there are also about 1 million tons of bottom ash produced
annually [26,27].
In the 1980s, the main concern when using combustion technology to treat garbage was
emissions from incinerators. The emitted gases contain toxic components such as acidic gases,
heavy metals and organic impurities that are harmful ... however, many advanced gas treatment
systems progress has been researched and installed in incinerators, therefore, the focus of the

solid waste incineration technology currently is the management of waste (ash slag) obtained
after the combustion process [49].
The ash after incineration is usually buried or solidified, mainly buried. However, burial will result
in many defects such as waste of space, difficult to control pollution, easy to spread pollution to
the surrounding environment and only suitable for ash ash that can no longer be used in an item.
any other purpose [49].
2.2. SITUATION OF SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT IN VIETNAM
In the process of urbanization and increasing consumer demand, the quantity of urban municipal
solid waste has increased dramatically in big cities such as Hanoi, Ho Chi Minh City, Da Nang city
and Hai Phong, where the speed of urbanization and industrialization accelerated, accounted for
45.24% of the total amount of domestic solid waste generated from all urban areas. In some
small urban areas (from category II or less), the amount of urban solid waste increased slightly
due to low living standards and low urbanization rate. According to statistics [8], in Hanoi, the
total amount of domestic solid waste generated in the city in 2017 is about 7. 500 tons / day, of
which urban domestic solid waste of 12 districts and Son Tay town is 5. 388. tons / day, collection
rate reaches 98%, and solid waste in 17 suburban districts is 2. 127 tons/day, collection rate
reaches 89%. Domestic solid waste mainly comes from households, dormitories, markets, trade
centers, offices, research facilities, schools ... Meanwhile, in Ho Chi Minh City, the total volume
of solid waste living in the city in 2017 is 3. 175. 500 tons, an average of 8. 700 tons / day, the
collection rate of domestic solid waste is 100% [8].
The amount of urban solid waste generated depends on the size of the urban population.
Estimated amount of domestic solid waste in urban areas nationwide increases by an average of
10-16% per year. In most cities, the volume of domestic solid waste accounts for about 60-70%
of the total amount of urban solid waste (some urban areas account for 90%) [8].
Per capita urban solid waste generation per capita increases according to living standards, in
urban areas with high living standards such as special cities, grade 1 cities, the average number
of domestic solid waste generation is 1,3 kg / person / day, much larger than those of cities of
grade IV and V, 0.5 kg /person/day [8].
In the coming time, domestic solid waste continues to increase. Particularly for the Northern key
economic region, it is expected that by 2030, the volume of urban domestic solid waste will be
estimated at 22,390 tons / day, an increase of 1.6 times Compared to 2020 (estimated to be
13.980 tons in 2020). The rate of increase is approximately 800 tons / year [8].
The current, the rate of solid waste being buried accounts for about 76-82% of the collected solid
waste. The mass trend of investment in solid waste incinerators at district and commune levels
began to increase. According to local reports, across the country there are about 50 domestic
solid waste incinerators, most of are small incinerators, processed capacity less than 500 kg/
hour, detailed parameters on other technical features of waste incinerators have not been fully
listed. In there about two-thirds of incinerators are produced, domestic assembly. Domestic solid
waste incineration technology with a well-designed combustion equipment system has begun to
be applied in some incineration plants: incineration plant in Son Tay (Hanoi), incineration plant
in Dan Phuong (Hanoi), incineration plant in Dong Van (Ha Nam) (Figure 32). Some incinerators
are also under construction: waste treatment complex Cu Chi (Ho Chi Minh city), solid waste
treatment plant Thoi Lai (Can Tho), waste treatment plant Dong Son (Thanh Hoa), waste
treatment plant Da Nang. Therefore, the immediate and long-term problem is bottom ash
treatment in domestic solid waste combustion plants.

Figure 32. The Prime Minister inspects at incinerator at Dong Van industrial zone
The current in Vietnam, in some big cities such as Hanoi and Ho Chi Minh City, the rate of domestic
solid waste treatment by incineration method accounts for about 5% of the total 10% of the set
targets [8]. According to incomplete statistics shows, by the end of 2016, Vietnam had about 50
domestic solid waste incinerators [8]. So, waste treatment technology by incineration method is
being developed in Vietnam.
In the trend of sustainable development, one of the primary goals of the industry of managing
waste collection and treatment is the recycling of ash, especially the bottom ash, through the use
as a construction material. In the world, the first research and applications have been
implemented but not much. The use of bottom ash in construction has been started around the
world through use as a material in the construction of layer under the face road and used as a
substitute for sand and stone in concrete types (subbase material). For example, in Belgium,
about 102 thousand tons of bottom ash were used in construction of about 400,000 tons were
created. The replacement of natural materials with alternative materials such as bottom ash to
save natural resources, avoid depleting material sources, saving energy and limiting emissions
when natural material extraction. So, the use of bottom ash as construction material can be
considered an advanced solution instead of landfill. This solution has also led to successes for
other types of waste such as fly ash, blast furnace slag, bauxite mud [49].

1. Municial solid waste

2. Incinerator
3. Production and
accumulation
4. Landfill ash
6. Use ash as a
underground
aggregate in
concrete
7. Impact on the
5. Use as layer under quality of
the road groundwater
Figure 33: Valorization scenario of bottom ash [30]
2.3. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.3.1. Research and applications in the world
a) Physical properties of bottom ash

Density and surface texture:
Bottom ash has dry densities of 0.95–1.75 g/cm3 and a specific gravity of 1.1–2.8 g/cm3 [46-
48,53] which is coherent with an intrinsic porosity of about 40-50% [30]. The moisture content
of the ash depends on post-combustion treatments and storage methods. Moisture is important
for dust control and also for proper coMPaction. Loose bulk density of MSWI fly ashes decreases
with decreasing ash separation temperature (temperature at which the fly ash is separated in the
process flow). The morphology depends mainly on the type of incinerator and the temperature
profile to which it was subjected. Bottom ash is usually very heterogeneous and irregularly shaped
and sometimes contains vesicles formed as a result of melting and quenching, as can be seen
from the scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images in Figure 34.

Figure 34. SEM images of bottom ash. (a,b) shows the irregularly-shaped bottom ash particles,
which are porous in nature; (c) shows crystallized anhydrite or gypsum on the surface of bottom
ash particles; (d) shows rhombohedrally-shaped calcite crystals and other calcium-based
minerals [124]
Table 33: Physical Properties, geotechnical properties and hydrodynamic properties of bottom
ash [30,46-48,53, 57-68]
Properties Values
Physical Properties
Water content (% mass) 10-30

Apparent \ Density (kg.m3)
1100 - 1200
Moisture content (kg.m )
3
2500 - 2800
Porosity intrinsic (%vol)
BET specific surface (m2.g-1) 40-50
4-30
Geotechnical properties
Resistance to shock - Los Angeles (LA) (%)
35-50
Wear Resistance - Micro Deval (MDE) (%)
Value methylene blue (%) 13 - 20
Sand Equivalent
0.01 - 0.4

Index Wearing Immediate 30 - 60

Mass protor optimum water content (%)
30 - 80
12 - 25
Hydrodynamic properties
Permeability Ks (m.s-1) 2.10-6 - 6.10-5
∝ (m.s-1) 5 - 13
N 1,1 - 1,5
Θr (%vol) 5 - 15
Θs (%vol) 36 - 42
Water absorption:
Absortion test measures the change in weight between dry and wet bottom ash. Value obtained
for bottom ash range from 3,5 to 6,22% for the coarse fraction and from 14,3 to 17,1% for the
fine fraction. These values are 2.9–14.2% for coarse fraction and 1.0–17.1% for fine faction of
bottom ash according to [75].
These values are considered to be high in coMParaison with those observed for the most common
natural aggregate (<3%). The highest valued obtained for the fine fraction of bottom ash suggest
that it is a highly porous materal with a high surface area. Since bottom ash is a material with
the capacity for absorbing a large amount of water, il must be taken into account during field
coMPaction.
Organic matter content:

Residual organic matter remaining in bottom ash after the combustion process can potentiallu
lead to negative impact on density, stiffness and increased risk of degradation over time [75].
Loss on ignition (LOI) tests are used to provide a measure the organic fraction by coMParing the
difference in mass of samples before and after ignition. LOI results ranged from 1% to 15% and
a mean value of 5% has been calculted based on the mid-range values. The data suggest that
the organic content is very much dependent on the specifics of the MSW combustion process in
each incination plant, in particular the combustion temperature, residence time and turbulence.
The French misnistry for environement has set a LOI threshold of 5% for bottom ash use in
construction [75]. A study in Denmark [23]. reported that the mean value of LOI varies from 1.9
to 6.3% based on the efficiency of the incineration process. Modern MSWI plants facilitate proper
incineration that results in lower LOI, where the LOI less than 3% is indicative to satisfactory
incineration out.
b) Chimical properties of bottom ash

Oxide composition and pH:
Bottom ash is a highly heterogeneous mixture of slag, non ferrous and ferrous metals, glass and
ceramics, other non-combustible and residual organic matters. MSWI bottom ash is mainly
composed of silica (31.93-59.59%), alumina (5.80-18.1%), calcium (7,58-35.00%) and iron
(5.50-17.05%) oxide (Table 31), which are natural aggregate compounds. Table 31 gives
chemical composition of bottom ash, which are generated in MSWI plants in various countries. It
can also be observed that the silicon oxide content in bottom ash is lower than natural sand.

However, the presence of fine bottom ash might be slightly lead to pozzolanic properties which
are responsible for the increasing of mechanical resistance.
Table 34: Amount of main chemical elements in bottom ash
Oxide Acount, % wt
Spain Italy Germany Netherlands Japan China Taiwan USA
SiO2 43.3 33.70 55.70 54.23 31.93 59.59 50.30 23.64
CaO 16.9 35.00 11.9 13.45 33.40 7.58 15.27 23.82
Fe2O3 14.1 5.37 8.80 13.83 5.97 5.50 7.72 17.05
Na2O 7.58 2.27 1.40 2.81 2.53 1.32 1.30 1.70
Al2O3 5.80 13.31 14.1 7.86 16.65 18.61 16.43 14.25
MgO 2.22 4.62 2.70 1.81 3.33 1.32 n.d. 1.85
K2O 1.11 1.66 1.2 0.88 2.22 2.29 2.14 0.42
Note: n.d – no data.
The major chemical components in ash are CaO, SiO2 and Al2O3, which is illustrated in the Ca-Si-
Al ternary diagram in Figure 5. In addition, minor components also have a significant effect on
the technical and environmental quality of the material. The variation in minor components is due
to the input waste characteristics and operational parameters [39]. Chlorides, sulphates and
heavy metals, such as copper (Cu), zinc (Zn), lead (Pb) often present in high concentration in
Bottom ash (16 – Jurgista). Table 2 gives amount of heavy metals in bottom ash. The research
conducted in different countries showed (Table 35) that bottom ash contains of large quantities
of zinc (903-7732 mg.kg-1), copper (1041-7743 mg.kg-1), lead (687-4552 mg.kg-1) and barium
(1126-3920mg.kg-1). Also, there were detected chromium, nickel, asernic. Concentration of
cadmium and colbalt in the bottom ash were small (1-93mg.kg-1).
Figure 35. Composition of bottom ash from various incinerator facilities (black dots)
superimposed on other materials commonly used in construction [34, 53, 108, 111, 114,124]
The bottom ash has a pH ranging from 10.5 to 12.2, partly due to the presence of hydroxide
formation of CaO [23]. The increase in combustion temperature results in the increase of pH due
to conversion of calcite to portlandite. The Figure 35 shows the bottom ash compositions

superimposed on compositional regions of other residues that are commonly used as construction
materials. Clearly, the bottom ashes cover a wide range of compositions that are closest to that
of iron blast furnace slags and of coal combustion fly ashes
Metallic Alunium and Zinc:

The various sources of aluminum in municipal waste include beverage cans, aluminum foils, nails,
etc., and as a result of attrition within the waste, their size gets reduced greatly. The eddy current
separation technique can be used to recover the aluminum particles from the waste in incineration
plants. However, small particles will not be recovered and will thus remain in the ash. When it is
mixed in together with alkaline water, e.g., for utilization as aggregate in concrete or as a
supplementary cementitious material, the aluminum in ash will oxidize and release hydrogen gas.
This gas formation results in a high porosity of the matrix, and if continuous moisture is supplied,
the reaction will continue after concrete hardening and result in spalling and cracking. The
resulting aluminum hydroxide generated was reported to exist in different forms in the matrix:
amorphous Al(OH)3, bayerite, gibbsite and boehmite [114]. It is reported that the structure of
the product formed dependsontherateofcrystallization. Rapid crystallization leads to the formation
of bayerite, and slow crystallization leads to the formation of gibbsite [120]. Element Zn present
in ash also reacts similarly to generate hydrogen gas and the different stoichiometrical equations
of the reactions are given below [108]. To avoid possible problems of deformation of the
pavement due to the oxidation of aluminum particles, it is recommended in particular by the
Regional Laboratory of Western Paris to consider about fifteen centimeters between the surface
and the layer containing MSWI bottom ash [30] (Figure 36).
Al + 2OH− + H2O → [AlO(OH)2]− + H2 ↑ pH > 7 (1)
2Al + 2OH− + 6H2O → 2[Al(OH)4]−aq + 3H2 (2)
Zn + 2OH− → (ZnO2)2− + H2 (3)
2Al + Ca(OH)2 + 2H2O → Ca(AlO2)2 + 3H2 (4)
Figure 36. Cracking caused by the oxidation of aluminum particles [30]
Mineralogical characteristics:
To anticipate difficulties which may appear in the process of adding value to bottom ash, the
mineralogical composition of bottom ash needs to be identified. The elementary mineral
component of bottom ash is a significant parameter in the compreshension of its physicochemical
behavior [68]. The XRD analysis specifies the mineralogical phases presented in the material and
results are summarized in Figure 37. It reveals that the typical crystals of bottom ash are quarts,
calcite, hematite, magnetite and wustite.

Figure 37. Analysis of mineral component of the bottom ash by X-ray diffraction.
Salt in bottom ash:

Salts are mainly present in the form of chlorides and sulfates and, and It is rarely present in the
bottom ash fraction, especially the coarser ones. The chloride content varies between 0.5% and
5% in bottom ash. Most of the chlorides in the bottom ash are present in the finer size fractions
[49]. These mostly exist as soluble salts and will cause leaching problems when landfilled.
When high amounts of sulfates are present, the reaction of aluminate and calcium sulfates forms
ettringite and monosulfate. Washing with water is the easiest solution to remove chlorides and
sulfates, but it does not remove bound chlorides. To remove chlorides further, thermal treatments
such as sintering, roasting and calcination have been tested. A single technique was not sufficient
for maximum removal. A combination of thermal treatment and washing was able to remove
about 90% of chlomarterials [123].
Heavy metal:
The presence of heavy metals in MSWI ash and its leaching into ground water have been a
problem for a long time, since it was landfilled or used as a subbase material in road construction.
Many countries are adopting source reduction techniques by limiting the toxic trace metals in
different products. The heavy metals usually present in MSWI ash are arsenic (As), barium (Ba),
cadmium (Cd), chromium(Cr), copper(Cu), molybdenum (Mo), nickel (Ni), lead (Pb), tin (Sn),
antimony (Sb), selenium (Se) and zinc (Zn). The leaching of heavy metals is less affected by the
change in bulk composition of ash or operating parameters of the plant. Heavy metals are more

cumulated in fly ashes than bottom ashes, except Cu, Cr and Pb due to their low volatilities
[16,17].
Table 35. Amount of heavy metals in bottom ash
Amount, mg. kg-1

Metal
Japan Italy Sweden Germany Denmark
Zine (Zn) 3193 903 3800 7732 2600
Copper (Cu) 2321 1041 2700 7743 2060
Lead (Pb) 687 4552 1400 1022 1100
Chrome (Cr) 393 119 490 1158 449
Nickel (Ni) 105 45 240 356 356
Barium (Ba) 1126 n.d. 1300 3920 1600
Arenic (As) <1 16 240 21 27

Cadmium
1 92 4 14 3
(Cd)
Cobalt (Co) 5 14 33 67 20
Note: n.d. – no data
c) Geotechnical properties of bottom ash

Califomia Bearing Ratio:
The changes in CBR values with addition of MSWI ash and cement are shown in Fig. 6. The
addition of cement in MSWI ash increases the CBR value that may be due to the interlocking of
ash particles and variation in the cohesive nature of the cement [113]. The CBR value increases
due to the cation exchange between MSWWI ash and cement, resulting in bonding phenomenon.

Figure 38. Laboratory results for CBR value under soaked condition of bottom ash and cement
Shear strength:
Shear strength properties of bottom ash have been assessed from unconfined compressive
strength (UCS), direct shear and triaxiale shear tests. High friction angles up to 59° have been
reported [75]. The average values of friction angles found by Le et al. [63] are about 54,51°. In
fact, the effective friction angle depends on the shape and nature of the grain’s surface. The high
value of the effective friction angles is justified by the fact that granular material consits of well
graded angular grains [10,68] and is attributed to the very anglular glass particles present in
bottom ash [75]. The order of magnitude of the effective friction angle indicates that the bottom
ash has a higher shear strength and better stability in coMParaison with sand and gravel (30-48°)
[32, 63]. The fact that bottom ash is lighter than these materials is an added benefit that may
reduce settlement in use, due to lower normal stresses caused by self-weight [75]. Mean cohesion
values varie from 0 kPa up to 20 kPa have been reported [63,5].
Triaxial test:
The evolution of the deviator strees q = σ1 – σ3 and the volumetric strain εv according to the axial
strain ε1 are respectively represented by Fig. 4 and Fig 5. The typical stress-strain responses
reported in these figures indicate that the mechanical behavior of bottom ash is similar to that of
dense sand [10,11,32,79]. CoMParaison of the deviator stress evolution for the two tests A et B
indicates that the curves are quite similair in term of trend and quantitative resultes (Figure 40).
In Figure 41, the strain curves show an initial phase of contraction followed by a phase of dilatancy
for large strains. It can be assumed that all the curves tend towards a horizontal asymptote
(critical). Triaxial test results can be used to deduce a mechanical model adapted to the granular
material bottom ash.
Figure 39. Preparation of specimens of triaxial test [63]

Figure 40. Evolution of deviator stress in triaxial tests [63]
Figure 41. Evolution of volumetric strain in triaxial tests [63]
d) Treatment of bottom ash

In order to improve the properties of MSWI bottom ash physically or chemically, to obtain a better
material for application or to reduce the leaching concentration of contaminants from MSWI
bottom ash and lower it environmental risk potential, relevant treatments have been performed
and reported as summarized in Figure 42.

Figure 42. Treatment of bottom ash

e) Application of bottom ash on the construction of roadbeds
Bottom asd has been assessed as embankment/fill, capping, subbase, road-base and stabilizer
materials. These applications have been categorized into three subheadings: unbound,
hydraulically bound and bitumen bound materials. Policies regarding the utilization of bottom ash
in road pavement applications in many countries worldwide have been examined.
MIBA is generally permitted for use in road construction, albeit subject to processing requirements
and application restrictions. In the UK in the Design Manual for Roads and Bridges HD 35/04 [75],
MIBA is permitted in all applications types listed in its Table 36 including pipe bedding,
embankment and fill, capping, unbound mixtures for sub-base, hydraulically bound mixtures for
sub-base and base, bitumen bound layers and pavement quality concrete, provided the material
complies with the specifications. In countries such as The Netherlands, Denmark and Canada
over 90% of MIBA is re-used, primarily in sub-base and fill applications, while France, Germany,
UK, Spain and Sweden, amongst other countries, are also endeavouring to exploit MIBA as a
construction material.
The recycling of bottom ash such as by-products has been studied for decades in many areas as
reported in Table 36 and proposals are still developed in several countries. At the early stage,
bottom ash was mostly used as road base due to its physical properties which are similar to
normal aggregates, and its leaching behaviors could comply with the legislation established for
road construction [38]. The use of bottom ash in roads in some countries was successful and the
leaching of metals during service life was reported to comply with standards [30,43,46-48].
Table 36. Common reuse and recycle of bottom ash
COUNTRY USE AS SECONDARY CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL
Austria No intertion to reuse except as landfill structure material
Belgium Use of granulates in road constrution, concrete products

Roads subbase and embankments, filler marine structures

Denmark
(dams, ports), construction material for parking and small
building
France 80% of bottom ash recovered in road construction
Road subbase construction, recovery on landfills (roads,

Germany
shaping) or storage in salt mines
Recovery in cement kilns, road construction, landfill

Italy
construction
Roads subbase and embankments, noise barriers, foundation

Netherlands
material, concrete products, landfill prohibited
Road construction, recovery on landfill sites (as construction

Portugal
layers
Road construction, recovery on landfill sites (as construction

Spain
layers)
Sweden Reuse as landfill covering material
UK 55% reused as road material in 2011
In France, the use of bottom ash began in the 1950s in Paris and the periphery. The spread of
bottom ash use in France took place between 1980 and 1990 [7] (
Table 37). Currently, the rate of reuse of bottom ash in many countries is typically from 70 to
90% and can even reach 100% [43,93,117]. The use of bottom ash so far in France is largely
based on experience [41,109,110,118]. The study of the use of bottom ash mainly revolves
around environmental issues.
Construction highway A25 Construction road local RD643

Figure 43: Transport works use bottom ash in France

Table 37. Some examples of using bottom ash in road construction in France
Year Location Position Mass
1976 Road to Teste Base foundation -
1978 Urban road at Mans Base foundation -
1989 Eurodisney Subbase 80 000 t
1994 Bypass section in Malzéville Subbase 10 000 t
1994 Highway Nord Ouest de Lille Subbase 83 000 t
1996 Ring road Est de Lille Subbase 60 000 t
1996 Urban road Alpes Maritime Embankment 6 000 t
1996 Gare SNCF (Stade de France) Embankment 12 000 t
1997 Road RN1- gare RER D Subbase 10 000 t
1997 Road Faches-Thumesnil Subbase 15 000
1997 1998 Road Leers – Wattrelos Subbase 82 000 t
1998 Highway Sud de Strabourg Embankment 260 000 t
1998 Eurodisney Base foundation 37 000 t
1998 Urban road 5 bis Lille Base foundation 2 000 t
1999 Parking Aéroport de Lesquin Subbase 2 000 t
1999 Road Sainghin en Melantrois RD Subbase 6 000 t

19
1999 Road RD 549 Subbase 10 000 t
2.3.2. Research and applications in Vietnam
Vietnam is in the period of rapid development in all aspects, especially the economy and society.
The process of industrialization and modernization has contributed to improving the material and
spiritual life for people with a strong increase in consumer demand for food, goods, materials,
energy .. However, it is accoMPanied by concerns about the environment when many wastes are
loaded into the environment with increasing volumes and increasingly toxic fertilizers, including
domestic solid waste. A method that is being developed in Vietnam and has been widely used in
developed countries in the world is incineration method.
Currently, in the whole country, a number of incinerators have been built to destroy domestic
solid waste in big cities. However, difficulties in plant operation such as incomplete collection and
not good classification because there are still many inorganic components, the planning of
factories does not take into account the first For products, lack of professional skills in operation
... therefore, the collection of ash after incineration does not achieve the desired efficiency and
output. Accordingly, it is difficult to open an additional industry related to the reuse of ash

byproducts. Up to this point, the study of ash ash from household waste incinerators is a relatively
new issue in the Vietnam.
According to the results of the study [86], the ash sample from Dan Phuong Waste Treatment
Plant (Hanoi) shows that the content of Fe2O3, CaO and MgO in the ash in Vietnam is higher. in
China and the United States; Explaining for this, the authors explained this is because the
classification of waste in Vietnam is not good, the amount of garbage added is inorganic.
However, the content of hazardous substances is below the threshold specified in the National
Technical Regulation on hazardous waste thresholds in the environment law in Vietnam (QCVN
07: 2009 / BTNMT). Thus, ash from combustion of household waste can be studied for use in
industries or civil. However, the authors also recommend that slag ash from incinerators is a
rather specific waste material, in order to be able to be applied, further studies on composition
and physico-chemical properties are needed. mixing ratio in soil improvement to ensure Vietnam's
environmental regulations
Table 38. Bottom ash composition at some incineration plants [86]
Plant
Indice Chongquin Hongxing Lee County 2x300t

Đan Phượng – Vietnam
2x25 t/h in China /day in USA
SiO2 55,8 57,7 56,2
Al2O3 25,8 24,1 25,6
Fe2O3 7,4 7,2 6,7
CaO 1,1 0,9 0,6
MgO 1,3 1,0 0,8
Na2O 0,4 0,3 0,3
K2O 4,3 4,2 4,2
SO3 0,1 0,1 0,3
TiO3 0,8 1,0 1,3
Table 39. Composition of some toxic substances in bottom ash at Dan Phuong plant
Hazardous waste threshold

Od Compound Unit Value
(absolute content basis)
1 As ppm 11 40
2 Ag ppm 1 100
3 Cd ppm KPHT 10
4 Pb ppm KPHT 300
5 Zn ppm 1020 5.000
6 Ni ppm 211 1.400

7 Hg ppm KPHT 4
8 Cr3+ ppm 81 100
9 CN- ppm 108 590
III. REFERENCES
[1] Ademe Itom, 2008. Les installations de traitement des ordures ménagères 2008.
[2] Alhassan, H.M.; Musa, A.; International, T.; Alhassan, H.M.; Tanko, A.M. Characterization
of Solid Waste Incinerator Bottom Ash and the Potential for its Use. Int. J. Eng. Res. Appl.
2012, 2, 516–522.
[3] Aneeta Mary Joseph A.M., Snellings R., Van den Heede P., Matthys S.De Belie, N. The
Use of Municipal SolidWaste Incineration Ash in
[4] Apprendino P., Ferraris M., Matekovits I., Salvo M., 2004. Production of glass-ceramic
bodies from the bottom ashes of municipal solid waste incinerators. Journal of the
European Ceramic Society 24 (2004) 803-810.
[5] Arickx S., Gerven T. V., KNaepkens T., Hindrix K., Evens R., Vandecasteele C., 2007.
Influence of treatment techniques on Cu leaching and different organic fractions in MSWI
bottom ash leachate. Waste Management 27 (2007) 1422-1427.
[6] Arm M., 2004. Variation in deformation properties of processed MSWI bottom ash: results
from triaxial tests. Waste Management 24, 1035-1042.
[7] Badreddine R., François D., 2008. Assessment of the PCDD/F fate from MSWI residue
used in road construction in France. Chemosphere 74, 363-369.
[8] Báo cáo môi trường quốc gia 2017: Chất thải rắn. Bộ tài nguyên và môi trường, 2017.
[9] Bayuseno, A.P.; Schmahl,W.W. Understanding the chemical and mineralogical properties
of the inorganic portion of MSWI bottom ash. Waste Manag. 2010, 30, 1509–1520.
[10] Becquart F., 2008a. Comportement mécanique au triaxial d'un mâchefer d'incinération
d'ordures ménagères. European journal of environmental and civil engineering 12, 673-
686.
[11] Becquart F., Bernard F., Abriak N. E., Zentar R., 2008b. Monotonic aspects of the
mechnical behavior of bottom ash grom municipal solid waste incineration and its potential
use for road construction. Waste Management 29, 1320-1329.
[12] Belevi, H.; Moench, H. Factors determining the element behavior in municipal solid waste
incinerators. 1. Field studies. Environ. Sci. Technol. 2000, 34, 2501–2506.
[13] Beretka J., deVito, B., Santoro L.; Sherman N., Valenti, G.L.,Utilisation of industrial wastes
and by-products for the synthes is of special cements. Resour. Conserv. Recycl. 1993, 9,
179–190.
[14] Bernard F., Abriak N. E., 2003. Étude physique, géotechnique, et mécanique d’un
mâchefer d’incinération d’ordures ménagères. Journal of catalytic materials and
environment 1, 9-18.

[15] Bertolini L., M. Carsana M., Cassago D., MSWI ashes as mineral additions in concrete,
Cement and Concrete Research 34, 1899-1906, 2004.
[16] Bethanis S., Cheeseman C. R., Sollars C. J., 2002. Properties and microstructure of
sintered incinerator bottom ash. Ceramics International 28 (2002) 881-886.
[17] Bethanis S.; Sollars C.J., Cheeseman, C.R., Properties and Microstructure of Sintered
Incinerator Bottom Ash. Ceram. Int. 2002, 28, 881–886.
[18] Birgisdottir H., Bhander G., Hauschild M. Z., Christensen T. H, 2007. Life cycle assessment
of disposal of residues from municipal solid waste incineration: Recycling of bottom ash
in road construction or landfilling in Denmark evaluates in the ROAD-RES model. Waste
Management 27, 75-84.
[19] Blanchard, J. M., Comel, C., Navarro, A., Revin, P., Veron, J., Pillay, G., 1989. Les
machefers d’incinération d’ordures ménagères. I.Principales propriétés. TSM 3,
127– 132.
[20] Boisseau P., 2001. Le gisement des MIOM en France: le parc d’usines, les grandes
tendances, incinération, résidus produits, résidus valorisés. Colloque : Quel avenir pour
les MIOM? 16-18 Octobre 2001, Orléans : BRGM, 2001, p. 1-5.
[21] Boutouil M., Nguyen D.H., 2016, Manufacturing concrete construction elements containing
crushed sea-shells, which are self-draining and mechanically strong, bằng sang chế bảo
hộ bản quyền sở hữu công nghiệp bởi tổ chức sở hữu trí tuệ thế giới (World Intellectual
Property Organization), Số hiệu bản quyền: WO 2016/087720 Al.
[22] Burenkova V. V., 1993. Assessment of suffusion in non-cohesive and graded soil.
Proceeding of the first international conference Geo-Filters, Filters in geotechnical
engineering. Brauns, Heibum & Schuler (eds), Balkema, 1 :357–360, 1993.
[23] Chandler, A.J., T.T. Eighmy, J. Hartlén, Helmar, O., D.S. Kosson, S.E. Sawell, H.A.
[24] Charles H. K. L., Alvin W. M. I., John P. B. and Gordon M., 2010. Use of Incineration MSW
Ash: A Review. Sustainability, 2, 1943-1968.
[25] Cheeseman C. R., Rocha S. M. D., Sollars C., 2003. Ceramic processing of incinerator
bottom ash. Waste Management 23 (2003) 907-916.
[26] Chen C. H., Chiou I. J., 2007. Distribution of chloride ion in MSWI bottom ash and de-
chlorination performance. Journal of Hazardous Materials 148 (2007) 346-352.
[27] Cheng, H.; Hu, Y. Municipal solid waste (MSW) as a renewable source of energy: Current
and future practices in China. Bioresour. Technol. 2010, 101, 3816–3824.
[28] Chimenos J. M., Fernandez A. I., Mirailles L., Segarra M., Espiell F., 2003. Short-term
natural weathering of MSWI bottom ash as a function of particle size. Waste Management
23 (2003) 887-895.
[29] Csanyi, D.M.C. Environmental Hazards of Limestone Mining. Available online:

http://education.seattlepi. com/environmental-hazards-limestone-mining-5608.html
(accessed on 19 September 2018).
[30] Dabo D., Impact environnemental des mâchefers d’incinération d’ordures ménagères
(MIOM) valorisés en technique routière: caractérisation, expérimentations multi-échelles
et modélisation hydro-géochimique, PhD thesis Ecole des Mines de Paris, France, 2008.

[31] Đào P.L, Ngô T.H., Th.S Nguyễn L.K., Nguyễn T.H.G, Lecomte, A. Nghiên cứu ứng dụng
xỉ thép lò thổi chuyển oxy làm cốt liệu trong xây dựng đường ô tô, Tạp chí giao thông vận
tải, ISBN 2354-00818, 18-23, 2015.
[32] Das B. M., 2006. Principe of Geotechnical Engineering, fifth edition. California State
University.
[33] Environmental Science 67. 1997, Amsterdam, the Netherlands: Elsevier.
[34] European Commission. Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control—Reference Document

on the Best Available Techniques for Waste Incineration; European Commission: Brussels,
Belgium, 2006.
[35] European Environment Agency. Managing Municipal Solid Waste—A Review of

Achievements in 32 European Countries; European Environment Agency: Copenhagen,
Denmark, 2013.
[36] Eurostat. Eurostat Data for Waste Management Indicators. Available online:
http://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/
[37] Eymael M. M. T., Wijs W. D., Mahadew D., 1994. The use of MSWI bottom ash in asphalt
concrete. Environment Aspects of Construction with Waste Materials.
[38] Forteza R., Far M., Segui C., Cerda V., 2004. Characterization of bottom ash in municipal
solid waste incinerators for its use in road base. Waste Management 24, 899-909.
[39] Garcia-Lodeiro, I., Carcelen-Taboada, V., Fernández-Jiménez A.; Palomo, A. Manufacture

of hybrid cements with fly ash and Bottom ash from a municipal solid waste incinerator.
Constr. Build. Mater. 2016,105,218–226.
[40] Graham J., Noonan M. L., Lew K. V, 1983. Yield states and stress – strain relationships in
a natural plastic clay. Can Geotech J 20, 502-516.
[41] GTIF, 2013. Guide technique pour l’utilisation des matériaux régionaux d’Ile-de-France.
Catalogue des structures de chaussées. Décembre 2003.
[42] Guimaraes A. L., Okuda T., Nishijima W., Okada M., 2005. Chemical extraction of organic
carbon to reduce the leaching potential risk from MSWI bottom ash. Journal of Hazardous
Materials B125 (2005) 141-146.
[43] Hjelmar O., Holm J., Crillesen K., 2007. Utilization of MSWI bottom ash as sub-base in
road construction: First results from a large-scale test site. Journal of Hazardous Materials
A 139 (2007) 471-480.
[44] Hoornweg, D.; Bhada-Tata, P.; Joshi-Ghani, A. What a Waste: A Global Review of Solid
Waste Management; Urban Development and Local Government Unit, World Bank:
Washington, DC, USA, 2009.
[45] Hyks, J.; Astrup, T. Influence of operational conditions, waste input and ageing on
contaminant leaching
[46] Izqierdo M., Lopez-Soler A., Vazquez E., Querol X., 2011. Characterisation of bottom ash
from municipal solid waste incineration in Catalonia. Journal of Chemical Technology and
Biotechnology 77, pagles 576-583.
[47] Izqierdo M., Querol X., Vazquez E., 2011. Procedural uncertainties of Proctor coMPaction
tests applied on MSWI bottom ash. Journal of Hazardous Materials 186, 1639-1644.

[48] Izquierdo, M.; Querol, X.; Josa, A.; Vazquez, E.; López-Soler, A. CoMParison between
laboratory and field leachability of MSWI bottom ash as a road material. Sci. Total Environ.
2008, 389, 10–19.
[49] Joseph A.M., Snellings R., Van den Heede P., Matthys S. and De Belie N., The Use of
Municipal Solid Waste In cineration Ashin Various Building Materials: A Belgian Point of
View, Material, 2018.
[50] Kenney T. C. and Lau D., 1985. Internal stability of granular filters. Canadian geotechnical
journal, volume 22, 215-225, 1985.
[51] Kenney T. C. and Lau D., 1986. Internal stability of granular filters: 1 reply. Canadian
geotechnical journal, volume 23, 420-423, 1986.
[52] Kezdi A., 1979. Soil physics-selected topics. Elsevier Scientific Publishing Co., Amsterdam,
1979.
[53] Krammart, P.; Tangtermsirikul, S. Properties of cement made by partially replacing cement
raw materials with municipal solid waste ashes and calcium carbide waste. Constr. Build.
Mater. 2004, 18, 579–583.
[54] Kuo J. H., Tseng H. H., Rao P. S., Zey M. Y., 2008. The prospect and development of
incinerators for municipal solid waste treatment and characteristics of their pollutants in
Taiwan. Applied Thermal Engineering 28 (2008) 2305-2314.
[55] Lambe T. W., Whitman R. V, 1969.Soil Mechanics. John Wiley & Sons, 553 pages.
[56] Lapa N., Barbosa R., Morais J., Mendes B., Méhu J., Oliveira J. F. S., 2002. Ecotoxicological
assessment of leachates from MSWI bottom ashes. Waste Management 22, 583-593.
[57] Le N. H, 2011. Contribution à la modélisation du comportement mécanique d’un matériau

hétérophasé matérialisé issu d’un mâchefer d’incinération d’ordures ménagères:
Valorisation en Génie Civil. PhD thesis Ecole des Mines de Douai, France, 2011.
[58] Le N. H, 2012. Modélisation du comportement d’un mâchefer : Caractérisation

expérimentale et numérique du comportement d’un mâchefer d’incinération d’ordures
ménagère. Editeur : Presses Académiques Francophones, 27 juillet 2012, 316 pages.
[59] Le N. H., Abriak N. E., Benzerzour M., Binetruy C, 2012. Modeling of the mechanical
behavior of MSWI bottom ash with the Mohr-Coulomb model: using the finite element
software CESAR. Proceeding of the International conference on advances in computational
mechanics (ACOME) August 14-16, 2012, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam.
[60] Le N. H., Abriak N. E., Benzerzour M., Binetruy C., 2012. Comportement mécanique d'un
mâchefer d'incinération d’ordures ménagères. Journal of catalytic materials and
environment 10, 3-12.
[61] Le N. H., Abriak N. E., Benzerzour M., Binetruy C., Nguyen M. L., 2011. Influence of
loading rate on mechanical behaviour of a bottom ashes from municipal solid waste
incineration in a triaxial test. Proceeding of the Geotechnics for Suitainable Development
– Geotec Hanoi 2011, Vietnam 2011, 651-658.
[62] Le N. H., Abriak N. E., Binetruy C., Benzerzour M., Chaki S., 2010. The study of behavior
of bottom ash under homogeneous stresses. Determination of parameters for Nova
behavior models. Proceeding of Euromediterranean Symposium on Advances in
Geomaterials and Structures, Djerba, Tunisia 2010, 653-660.

[63] Le N. H., Abriak N. E., Binetruy C., Benzerzour M., Nguyen S. T, 2017. Mechanical behavior
of municipal solid waste incinerator bottom ash: Results from triaxial tests. Waste
Management July 2017, vol 65 pages 37-46.
[64] Le N. H., Abriak N. E., Binetruy C., Benzerzour M., Shahrour I., Patrice R, 2015. Finite
Element Modeling of the Mechanical Behavior of Municipal Solid Waste Incineration
Bottom Ash with the Mohr-Coulomb Model. International Journal of Environmental,
Chemical, Ecological, Geological and Geophysical Engineering, Vol 9 No: 12, 2015.
[65] Le N.H. Modélisation du comportement d’un mâchefer: Caractérisation expérimentale et

numérique du comportement d’un mâchefer d’incinération d’ordures ménagère. Editor:
Presses Académiques Francophones, 27 juillet 2012, 316 pages.
[66] Le N.H., Abriak N.E., Binetruy C., Benzerzour, M., Sy-Tuan Nguyen. Mechanical behavior
of municipal solid waste incinerator bottom ash: Results from triaxial tests. Waste
Management. 2017, volume 65, pages 37-46, ISSN: 0956-053X. (Q1, IF = 4.723)
[67] Le N.H., Edine, A.N. Binetruy C., Benzerzour M., Shahrour Isam, Patrice Rivard. Finite
element modeling of the mechanical behavior of municipal solid waste incineration bottom
ash with the Mohr-Coulomb model. International Journal of Environmental and Ecological
Engineering. 2015, volume 9, 1392-1399.
[68] Le N.H., Razakamanantsoa A., Nguyen M.L., Dao P.L, Nguyen D.H., 2018, Evaluation of
physicochemical and hydromechanical properties of MSWI bottom ash for road
construction, Waste Management, Vol. 80, p. 168-174, ISSN: 0956-053X.
[69] Lecomte A., Dao P.L., Diliberto C., Sommier M. Basso P., Valorization of BOF-Slag in
granular mixtures. Part 2 : modelling of the expensive steam test curve, European Journal
of Environmental and Civil Engineering, No. 6, Vol. 16, , 889-913, 2011.
[70] Lecomte A., Dao P.L., Diliberto C., Sommier M. Basso P., Valorization of BOF-Slag in
granular mixtures. Part 3 : modelling of various granular mixture expansion, European
Journal of Environmental and Civil Engineering, No. 6, Vol. 16, 915-938, 2011.
[71] Lecomte A., Dao P.L., Diliberto C., Sommier M. Basso P.,Valorization of BOF-Slag in
granular mixtures. Part 1 : a model of degradation, European Journal of Environmental
and Civil Engineering, No. 6, Vol. 16, , 635–649, 2012.
[72] Lecomte A., Diliberto C., Dao P.L., Sommier M. Basso P., Un outil pour la valorisation des
laitiers d’aciérie de conversion en techniques routières, MATEC Web of Conferences,
IInd International Seminar INVACO – Innovation & Valorization in Civil Engineering &
Construction Materials, MATEC Web of Conferences, Volume 2, 2012.
[73] Li M., Fannin R. J., 2008. CoMParison of two criteria for internal stability of granular soil.
Canadian Geotechnical Journal. 45: 1303-1309, 2008.
[74] Lin C. L., Weng M. C., Chang C. H, 2012. Effect of incinerator bottom-ash composition on
the mechanical behavior of backfill material. Journal of Environmental Management,
volume 113, pages 377-382, 2012.
[75] Lynn C.J., Gurmel S.Ghataora G.S., Obe R.K.D. Municipal incinerated bottom ash (MIBA)
characteristics and potential for use in road pavements, International Journal of Pavement
Research and Technology, Vol. 10, Pages 185-201, 2017.
[76] Magnan J. P., Mestat P., 1997. Lois de comportement et modélisation des sols. Structure
et gros œuvre, référence C 218, 1997.

[77] Mamo B. G., Banoth K. K. and Dey A., 2015. Effect of strain rate on shear strength
parameter of sand. Proceeding of 50th Indian Geotechnical Conference 17-19 December
2015, Pune, Maharashtra, India.
[78] Meddah A., 2008. Étude du comportement d’un sable de dune sous sollicitations triaxiales.
Ph.D. thesis, Université de M’SILA.
[79] Melissa R. B. C., 2008. The influence of grain shape on dilatancy. PhD thesis, The
University of Arizona.
[80] Mestat P., 1990. Méthodologie de détermination des paramètres des lois de
comportement à partir d’essais triaxiaux conventionnels, Rapport interne LPC, 1990,
FAER, 1.16.21.0.
[81] Mestat P., Arafati N., 2000. Modélisation des sables avec la loi de Nova : détermination
des paramètres et influence sur les simulations. Bulletin de LPC 225 mars-avril 2000, REF.
4315, pp. 21-40.
[82] Mestat P., Reiffsteck P., 2002. Deformation moduli in soil mechanics: definitions,
determination from triaxial tests and uncertainty. Symposium international Identification
et détermination des paramètres des sols et des roches pour les calculs géotechniques
PARAM 2002, Presses de l’ENPC/LCPC, Paris, 393-400.
[83] Monteiro R. C. C., Figueiredo C. F., Alendouro M. S., Ferro M. C., Davim E. J. R., Fernandes
M. H. V., 2008. Characterization of MSWI bottom ashes towards utilization as glass raw
material. Waste Management 28 (2008) 1119-1125.
[84] Müller, U.; Rübner, K. The microstructure of concrete made with municipal waste
incinerator bottom ash as an aggregate component. Cem. Concr. Res. 2006, 36, 1434–
1443
[85] Ngân hàng thế giới, Quản lý chất thải rắn toàn cầu, 2012.
[86] Ngô T.M, Bùi Q.L., Nghiên cứu thành phần và đề xuất cách thức sử dụng tro xỉ từ lò đốt
rác sinh hoạt phát điện. 2015.
[87] Nguyen D.H, Boutouil M., Sebaibi N., Leleyter L., Baraud F. 2017, Durability of pervious
concrete using crushed seashells, Construction and Building Materials, Vol. 135, p. 137-
150, ISSN: 0950-0618.
[88] Nguyen D.H, Boutouil M., Sebaibi N., Leleyter L., Baraud F. 2017, 2013, Valorization of
seashell by-products in pervious concrete pavers, Construction and Building Materials, Vol.
49, p. 151-160, ISSN: 0950-0618.
[89] Nguyen D.H, Sebaibi N., Boutouil M., Leleyter L., Baraud F. 2017, 2014, A modified
method for the design of pervious concrete mix, Construction and Building Materials, Vol.
73, p. 271-282, ISSN: 0950-0618.
[90] Nguyen Pham P.T., 2008. Etude en place au laboratoire du comportement en petites
déformation des sols argileux naturels. Ph.D. thesis, Ecole Nationale des Ponts et
Chaussées.
[91] Nguyễn T.K.T., Quản lý chất thải rắn, NXB Khoa học kỹ thuật, 2011.
[92] Nguyen T.L., 2008. Etude expérimentale de la loi d’écoulement de matériaux anisotropes
tranverses. Ph.D. thesis, Ecole Nationale des Ponts et Chaussées.

[93] Nishida, K., Nagayoshi, Y., Ota, H., Nagasawa, H., 2001. Melting and stone production
using MSW incinerated ash. Waste Manage. 21, 443-449.
[94] NREL (National Renewable Energy Laboratory), 1999. Municipal solid waste combustor
ash stockpile runoff and dust emissions evaluation, Report Number NREL/SR-430-262
22847.
[95] Pan J. R., Huang C., Kuo J. J., Lin S. H., 2008. Recycling MSWI bottom and fly ash as raw
materials for Portland cement. Waste Management 28 (2008) 1113-1118.
[96] Pandeline, D.A., Cosentino, P.J., Kalajian, E.H., Chavez, M.F., 1997. Shear and
Deformation Characteristics of Municipal Waste Combustor Bottom Ash for Highway
Applications, Transportation Research Record No. 1577, TRB, 10 National Research
Council, Washington D.C., 101-108.
[97] Pera J., Coutaz L., Ambroisse J., Chababbet M., 1997. Use of incinerator bottom ash in
concrete. Cement and Concrete Research, Vol. 27, No. 1, pp. 1-5, 1997.
[98] Phan V.T., Nguyen H.C., Phan D.Q., Le N.H. High Molecular Weight Cellulose Ethers
Influence on the Rheological Properties of Fresh Mortars. Scholars Journal of Engineering
and Technology. 2016, volume 4, pages 338-343.
[99] Phan V.T., Nguyen H.C., Phan D.Q.L, Le N.H., High Molecular Weight Cellulose Ethers
Influence on the Rheological Properties of Fresh Mortars. Scholars Journal of Engineering
and Technology. 2016, volume 4, pages 338-343.
[100] Phan, V.T., Le N.H., Vo T.C., Nguyen T.T.H.,. Effect of high molecular weight cellulose
ethers on the resistance in shearing of fresh mortars. Scholars Journal of Engineering and
Technology. 2017, volume 5, pages 698-703.
[101] Phan, V.T., Vo T.C., Phan D.Q., Le N.H., Effect of Sodium Bentonite Clays on the
Behaviours of Fresh Sprayed Mortars. Scholars Journal of Engineering and Technology.
2016, volume 4, pages 403-411.
[102] Polettini, A.; Pomi, R.; Carcani, G. The effect of Na and Ca salts on MSWI bottom ash
activation for reuse as a pozzolanic admixture. Resour. Conserv. Recycl. 2005, 43, 403–
418.
[103] Qiao X. C., Ng B. R., Tyrer M., Poon C. S., Cheeseman C. R., 2008. Production of
lightweight concrete using incinerator bottom ash. Construction and building Materials 22
(2008) 473-480.
[104] Ranjan G. and Rao A. S. R., 2005. Basic and Applied Soil Mechanics, second edition. New
Age International (P) Ltd, Publishers.
[105] Reiffsteck P., 2002. Nouvelles technologies d’essai en mécanique des sols : Etat de l’art.
Symposium international Identification et détermination des paramètres des sols et des
roches pour les calculs géotechniques PARAM 2002, Presses de l’ENPC/LCPC, Paris, 201-
242.
[106] Rönnqvist H., 2010. Predicting surfacing internal erosion in moraine core dams. PhD
thesis, Royal Institute of Technology KTH, Stockholm, Sweden, TRITA-LWR, 2010.
[107] Ruifeng X., Yongfu X., Ming H., Honggao Z., Feifei C, 2017. Assessment of municipal solid
waste incineration bottom ash as a potential road material. Road Materials and Pavement
Design, volume 18, pages 992-998, 2017.

[108] Saikia, N.; Mertens, G.; van Balen, K.; Elsen, J.; van Gerven, T.; Vandecasteele, C. Pre-
treatment of municipal solid waste incineration (MSWI) bottom ash for utilisation in
cement mortar. Constr. Build. Mater. 2015, 96, 76–85.
[109] SETRA, 2012. Guide technique. Acceptabilité environnementale de matériaux alternatifs

en technique routière – Les mâchefers d’incinération de déchets non dangereux (MIDND).
[110] SETRA-LCPC, 2000. Guide technique SETRA D9233-1. Réalisation des remblais et des
couches de forme. Fascicule I.
[111] Shih P. H., Chang J. E., Chiang L. C., 2003. Replacement of raw mix in cement production
by municipal solid waste incineration ash. Cement and Concrete Research 33 (2003) 1831-
1836.
[112] Silva, R.V.; de Brito, J.; Lynn, C.J.; Dhir, R.K. Use of municipal solid waste incineration
bottom ashes in alkali-activated materials, ceramics and granular applications: A review.
Waste Manag. 2017, 68, 207–220.
[113] Singh D., Arvind Kumar A., Geo-environmental application of municipal solid waste
incinerator ash stabilized with cement, Journal of Rock Mechanics and Geotechnical
Engineering, Vol. 9, Pages 370-375, 2017.
[114] Song Y., Li, B., Yang, E., Liu Y.; Ding T. Feasibility study on utilization of municipal solid
waste incineration bottom ash as aerating agent for the production of autoclaved aerated
concrete. Cem. Concr. Compos. 2015, 56, 51–58.
[115] Svensson M., Berg M., Ifwer K., Sjöblom R., Ecke H., 2007. The effect of isosaccharinic
acid (ISA) on the mobilization of metals in municipal solid waste incineration (MSWI) dry
scrubber residue. Journal of Hazardous Materials 144 (2007) 477-484.
[116] Techniques for Waste Incineration; European Commission: Brussels, Belgium, 2006.
[117] Thomas, A., 2007. Pretreatment and utilization of waste incineration bottom ashes: Danish
experiences. Waste Manage. 27, 1452-1457.
[118] UNICEM et SPRIR Rhône-Alpes, 2005. Guide d’Utilisation en Travaux Publics Rhône Alpes
(GUTPRA) – Graves de recyclage – graves recyclées de démolition et de mâchefer.
[119] USACE, 1953. Filter experiments and design criteria. Technical Memorandum No. 3-3360.
Waterways experiment station. Vicksburg, 1953.
[120] Violante, A.; Huang, P.M. Formation mechanism of aluminum hydroxide polymorphs. Clays
Clay Miner. 1993, 41, 590–597.
[121] Weng M. C., Lin C. L., Ho, C.I., 2010. Mechanical properties of incineration bottom ash:
The influence of composite species. Waste Management. Volume 30, pages 1303-1309,
2010.
[122] Wood D. M., 1998. Soil Behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics. Cambridge University
Press.
[123] Yang S., Saffarzadeh A., Shimaoka T., Kawano T., Existence of Cl in municipal solid waste
incineration bottom ash and dechlorination effect of thermal treatment, J. Hazard. Mater.
2014, 267, 214–220.
[124] Yang, S.; Saffarzadeh, A.; Shimaoka, T.; Kawano, T. Existence of Cl in municipal solid
waste incineration

APPENDIX

APPENDIX 1
1.1. BASIC DIMENSIONS OF GIRDER
x y1 y2 y3 hd t b
Section
(m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
0 0.00 0.000 0.800 6.000 6.000 0.800 6.400
1 4.25 0.330 0.946 6.059 5.729 0.616 6.452
2 7.75 0.516 1.091 6.091 5.575 0.575 6.503
3 10.25 0.696 1.237 6.123 5.427 0.541 6.555
4 12.75 0.870 1.382 6.153 5.283 0.512 6.606
5 15.25 1.038 1.528 6.181 5.143 0.490 6.658
6 17.75 1.200 1.673 6.208 5.008 0.473 6.709
7 20.25 1.356 1.819 6.233 4.877 0.463 6.761
8 23.25 1.535 1.964 6.261 4.726 0.429 6.812
9 26.25 1.705 2.110 6.287 4.582 0.405 6.864
10 29.25 1.866 2.255 6.311 4.445 0.389 6.915
11 32.25 2.018 2.401 6.332 4.314 0.383 6.967
12 35.25 2.162 2.546 6.351 4.189 0.384 7.018
13 38.25 2.297 2.692 6.368 4.071 0.395 7.070
14 42.25 2.463 2.837 6.387 3.924 0.374 7.121
15 46.25 2.614 2.983 6.402 3.788 0.369 7.173
16 50.25 2.750 3.117 6.413 3.663 0.367 7.224
17 54.25 2.869 3.189 6.420 3.551 0.32 7.250
18 58.25 2.973 3.273 6.423 3.450 0.300 7.276
1.2. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTICS OF CROSS-SECTIONS
x hd A Y0 Ix Iy
Section Segment
(m) (m) (m2) (m) (m4) (m4)
-1.50 6.00 15.94 2.82 157.18 78.32
0 0.00 K0 6.00 15.18 2.73 85.14 54.87
1 4.25 5.83 14.16 2.46 68.45 39.02

x hd A Y0 Ix Iy
Section Segment
(m) (m) (m2) (m) (m4) (m4)
2 7.75 K1 5.67 13.54 2.29 58.52 31.00
3 10.25 K2 5.50 12.97 2.13 49.89 24.63
4 12.75 K3 5.33 12.44 1.99 42.41 19.60
5 15.25 K4 5.17 11.96 1.85 35.87 15.69
6 17.75 K5 5.00 11.54 1.73 30.55 12.66
7 20.25 K6 4.83 11.17 1.63 26.15 10.37
8 23.25 K7 4.67 10.80 1.52 22.21 8.41
9 26.25 K8 4.50 10.51 1.44 19.29 7.06
10 29.25 K9 4.33 10.30 1.38 17.30 6.19
11 32.25 K10 4.17 10.18 1.34 16.16 5.71
12 35.25 K11 4.00 10.14 1.33 15.83 5.58
13 38.25 K12 3.83 10.14 1.33 15.74 5.41
14 42.25 K13 3.67 10.13 1.32 15.39 5.28
15 46.25 K14 3.50 10.13 1.32 15.19 5.21
16 50.25 K15 3.33 10.13 1.32 15.07 5.14
17 54.25 K16 3.167 10.13 1.32 15.10 5.05
18 58.25 K17 3.00 10.11 1.31 14.93 4.98
19 59.25 HL 3.00 10.11 1.31 14.86 4.92
1.3. DEAD LOAD IN STAGE I
x L H A2 A1 ATB V P DCtc DCtt

Segment
(m) (m) (m) (m2) (m2) (m2) (m3) (kN) (kN/m) (kN/m)
-1.50 1.50 6.00 15.94 15.94 15.94 23.91 597.75
K0 0.00 6.00 499.70 624.62

4.25 15.18 14.16 14.67 62.35 1558.69
4.25 5.83
K1 7.75 2.50 5.67 14.16 13.54 13.85 34.63 865.625 346.28 432.85
K2 10.25 2.50 5.50 13.54 12.97 13.255 33.14 828.44 331.33 414.16
K3 12.75 2.50 5.33 12.97 12.44 12.705 31.76 794.06 317.57 396.96
K4 15.25 2.50 5.17 12.44 11.96 12.2 30.50 762.5 305.03 381.28
K5 17.75 2.50 5.00 11.96 11.54 11.75 29.38 734.38 293.75 367.19

K6 20.25 2.50 4.83 11.54 11.17 11.355 28.39 709.69 283.79 354.73
K7 23.25 3.00 4.67 11.17 10.80 10.985 32.96 823.88 274.58 343.22
K8 26.25 3.00 4.50 10.80 10.51 10.655 31.97 799.13 266.41 333.02
K9 29.25 3.00 4.33 10.51 10.30 10.405 31.22 780.38 260.21 325.26
K10 32.25 3.00 4.17 10.30 10.18 10.24 30.72 768 256.03 320.04
K11 35.25 3.00 4.00 10.18 10.14 10.16 30.48 762 253.93 317.41
K12 38.25 3.00 3.83 10.14 10.12 10.13 30.39 759.75
K13 42.25 4.00 3.67 10.14 10.12 10.13 40.52 1013
K14 46.25 4.00 3.50 10.13 10.09 10.11 40.44 1011
K15 50.25 4.00 3.33 10.13 10.09 10.11 40.44 1011
K16 54.25 4.00 3.167 10.13 10.09 10.11 40.44 1011
K17 58.25 4.00 3.00 10.13 10.09 10.11 40.44 1011
HL 59.25 2.00 3.00 10.11 10.04 10.075 20.15 503.75 253.41 316.77
Avarage Dead Load 303.23 379.04
APPENDIX 2
2.1. INCLINED ANGLE OF CABLES
Inclined angle of cable at side span
Cable x (m) h (m) αi (Degree)
1 11 25.316 66.51
2 21 27.516 52.65
3 31 29.716 43.79
4 41 31.916 37.90
5 51 34.116 33.78
6 61 36.316 30.77
7 71 38.516 28.48
8 81 40.716 26.69
9 91 42.916 25.25
10 101 45.116 24.07

Inclined angle of cable at middle span
Cable x (m) h (m) αi (Degree)
1 11 25.316 66.51
2 21 27.516 52.65
3 31 29.716 43.79
4 41 31.916 37.90
5 51 34.116 33.78
6 61 36.316 30.77
7 71 38.516 28.48
8 81 40.716 26.69
9 91 42.916 25.25
10 101 45.116 24.07
2.2. INTERNAL FORCE OF CABLES CAUSED BY SELF-WEIGHT
Name Cable i nmf ai Sinai Pi1 Pi2 Si Unit
1 S1 2 64.06 0.899 2207.99 3679.99 1636.87 kN
2 S2 2 49.76 0.763 3679.99 3679.99 2410.39 kN
3 S3 2 41.07 0.657 3679.99 3679.99 2800.59 kN
4 S4 2 35.47 0.58 3679.99 3679.99 3170.65 kN
5 S5 2 31.63 0.524 3679.99 3679.99 3508.24 kN
6 S6 2 28.86 0.483 3679.99 3679.99 3812.31 kN
7 S7 2 26.77 0.45 3679.99 3679.99 4085.34 kN
8 S8 2 25.14 0.425 3679.99 3679.99 4330.76 kN
9 S9 2 23.84 0.404 3679.99 3679.99 4551.96 kN
10 S10 2 22.78 0.387 3679.99 0 2376.02 kN
2.3. NECESSARY NUMBER OF STRANDS OF EACH CABLE
Necessary number of strands at side span
Si 0.45fpu Aict Asp1 nct

Name Cable i
kN MPa mm2 mm2 strands
1 S1 1636.87 837 1955.64 140 6.9

2 S2 2410.39 837 2879.8 140 10.2
3 S3 2800.59 837 3345.99 140 11.9
4 S4 3170.65 837 3788.11 140 13.4
5 S5 3508.24 837 4191.45 140 14.9
6 S6 3812.31 837 4554.73 140 16.2
7 S7 4085.34 837 4880.93 140 17.3
8 S8 4330.76 837 5174.14 140 18.3
9 S9 4551.96 837 5438.43 140 19.3
10 S10 2376.02 837 2838.73 140 10.1
Neccessary number of strands in middle span:

Name Cable i
KN MPa mm2 mm2 Strands
1 S1’ 1636.87 837 1955.64 140 6.9
2 S2’ 2410.39 837 2879.8 140 10.2
3 S3’ 2800.59 837 3345.99 140 11.9
4 S4’ 3170.65 837 3788.11 140 13.4
5 S5’ 3508.24 837 4191.45 140 14.9
6 S6’ 3812.31 837 4554.73 140 16.2
7 S7’ 4085.34 837 4880.93 140 17.3
8 S8’ 4330.76 837 5174.14 140 18.3
9 S9’ 4551.96 837 5438.43 140 19.3
10 S10’ 4276.83 837 5109.72 140 18.1
2.4. TENSION OF CABLES

Name Cable i
1 S1 723.1 837 863.92 140 6.1
2 S2 1138.1 837 1359.74 140 9.6
3 S3 1275.2 837 1523.54 140 10.8
4 S4 1264.5 837 1510.75 140 10.7
5 S5 1604.4 837 1916.85 140 13.6

6 S6 1481.3 837 1769.77 140 12.6
7 S7 1311.7 837 1567.14 140 11.1
8 S8 1392.2 837 1663.32 140 11.8
9 S9 1412 837 1686.98 140 12
10 S10 1920.2 837 2294.15 140 16.3
Neccessary number of strands in middle span:

Name Cable i
1 S1’ 781.8 837 934.05 140 6.6
2 S2’ 1195.2 837 1427.96 140 10.1
3 S3’ 1356.8 837 1621.03 140 11.5
4 S4’ 1396.6 837 1668.58 140 11.8
5 S5’ 1835.9 837 2193.43 140 15.6
6 S6’ 1774.2 837 2119.71 140 15
7 S7’ 1676 837 2002.39 140 14.2
8 S8’ 1782 837 2129.03 140 15.1
9 S9’ 1600.6 837 1912.31 140 13.6
10 S10’ 1408.9 837 1683.27 140 11.9

APENDIX 3
INTERNAL FORCE OF CABLE CAUSED BY DC + TENSION + DW + LL
nDC nDW+LL ∑nct ntao Ai

Name Cable i
Strands Strands Strands Strands m2
1 S1 6.9 6.1 13.1 19 0.00268
2 S2 10.2 9.6 19.9 31 0.00437
3 S3 11.9 10.8 22.7 37 0.00522
4 S4 13.4 10.7 24.1 48 0.00677
5 S5 14.9 13.6 28.5 55 0.00776
6 S6 16.2 12.6 28.7 55 0.00776
7 S7 17.3 11.1 28.4 55 0.00776
8 S8 18.3 11.8 30.1 55 0.00776
9 S9 19.3 12 31.2 55 0.00776
10 S10 10.1 16.3 26.3 55 0.00776
In middle span:
nDC nDW+LL ∑nct ntao Ai

Name Cable i
Strands Strands Strands Strands m2
1 S1’ 6.9 6.6 13.6 19 0.00268
2 S2’ 10.2 10.1 20.3 31 0.00437
3 S3’ 11.9 11.5 23.4 37 0.00522
4 S4’ 13.4 11.8 25.3 48 0.00677
5 S5’ 14.9 15.6 30.4 55 0.00776
6 S6’ 16.2 15 31.2 55 0.00776
7 S7’ 17.3 14.2 31.5 55 0.00776
8 S8’ 18.3 15.1 33.4 61 0.0086
9 S9’ 19.3 13.6 32.8 55 0.00776
10 S10’ 18.1 11.9 30.1 55 0.00776

APPENDIX 4
4.1. INTERNAL FORCE OF SECTION AT PIER
Negative moment at pier

Segment Length Li Arm length DCtc Pxd
Qtc (kN/m) (kN.m)
Ki (m) ai (m) (kN/m)
(kN) standard calculated
K0 6 3 499.7 31.2 1200 -14118.48 -17648.1
K1 2.5 7.25 346.28 31.2 1200 -21918.5 -27398.1
K2 2.5 9.75 331.33 31.2 1200 -35437.2 -44296.5
K3 2.5 12.25 317.57 31.2 1200 -51674.65 -64593.3
K4 2.5 14.75 305.03 31.2 1200 -70421.81 -88027.3
K5 2.5 17.25 293.75 31.2 1200 -91538.12 -114423
K6 2.5 19.75 283.79 31.2 1200 -114908.0 -143635
K7 3 22.5 274.58 31.2 1200 -144160.9 -180201
K8 3 25.5 266.41 31.2 1200 -177054.1 -221318
K9 3 28.5 260.21 31.2 1200 -212860.1 -266075
K10 3 31.5 256.03 31.2 1200 -251702.5 -314628
K11 3 34.5 252.23 31.2 1200 -297459.4 -371824
K12 3 37.5 248.43 31.2 1200 -351343.3 -439179
K13 4 41 244.18 31.2 1200 -423475.2 -529344
K14 4 45 239.87 31.2 1200 -482356.5 -602946
K15 4 49 235.87 31.2 1200 -533743.4 -667179
K16 4 53 231.23 31.2 1200 -582376.4 -727971
K17 4 57 227.85 31.2 1200 -634577.3 -793222
4.2. MAXIMUM INTERNAL FORCE AT SECTION IN ERECTION STAGE
Negative moment at
Pxd pier
Cross Length Li DCtc Qtc
Xi
section (m) (kN/m) (kN/m) (kN.m)
(kN) Standard Calculated
S0-S0' 6 0 499.7 31.2 1200 -686467.39 -878393.51
S1-S1' 2.5 8.5 346.28 31.2 1200 -539800.63 -692620.11

Negative moment at
Pxd pier
Xi
S2-S2' 2.5 11 331.33 31.2 1200 -492122.54 -632161.20
S3-S3' 2.5 13.5 317.57 31.2 1200 -447137.92 -575074.46
S4-S4' 2.5 16 305.03 31.2 1200 -404757.21 -521247.93
S5-S5' 2.5 18.5 293.75 31.2 1200 -357212.47 -460803.27
S6-S6' 2.5 21 283.79 31.2 1200 -313150.20 -404719.36
S7-S7' 3 24 274.58 31.2 1200 -272434.27 -352826.04
S8-S8' 3 27 266.41 31.2 1200 -234935.94 -304962.38
S9-S9' 3 30 260.21 31.2 1200 -200534.15 -260977.07
S10-S10' 3 33 256.03 31.2 1200 -169115.81 -220728.74
S11-S11' 3 36 252.23 31.2 1200 -136089.21 -178317.22
S12-S12' 3 39 248.43 31.2 1200 -106829.84 -140625.16
S13-S13' 4 43 244.18 31.2 1200 -81201.94 -107482.88
S14-S14' 4 47 239.87 31.2 1200 -59086.31 -78741.39
S15-S15' 4 51 235.87 31.2 1200 -40380.70 -54272.84
S16-S16' 4 55 231.23 31.2 1200 -25000.05 -33970.93
S17-S17' 4 59 227.85 31.2 1200 -12876.81 -17751.23
S18-S18' 4 63 499.7 31.2 1200 -3961.10 -5551.37
4.3. INTERNAL FORCE AT SECTION K(I-1) WHEN CONSTRUCTING Ki
Negative moment at i-1

Segment Length Li Cross DCtc Qtc Pxd
Ki (m) section (kN/m) (kN/m) (kN.m)
(kN) standard calculated
K0 6 1 608.11 31.2 1200 -9250.0 -11562.5
K1 2.5 2 434.83 31.2 1200 -29101.9 -39098.3
K2 2.5 3 420.26 31.2 1200 -10709.5 -14739.5
K3 2.5 4 406.18 31.2 1200 -10531.9 -14517.5
K4 2.5 5 391.30 31.2 1200 -11375.5 -15572.0
K5 2.5 6 375.77 31.2 1200 -12849.1 -17565.2

K6 2.5 7 361.05 31.2 1200 -12580.4 -17229.4
K7 3 8 347.16 31.2 1200 -12326.7 -16912.2
K8 3 9 334.14 31.2 1200 -12088.5 -16614.5
K9 3 10 322.03 31.2 1200 -11866.4 -16336.8
K10 3 11 310.00 31.2 1200 -12618.1 -17276.5
K11 3 12 298.25 31.2 1200 -13999.9 -19155.0
K12 3 13 287.83 31.2 1200 -13736.5 -18825.9
K13 4 14 278.79 31.2 1200 -13506.5 -18538.4
K14 4 15 271.13 31.2 1200 -13310.5 -18293.4
K15 4 16 264.90 31.2 1200 -13149.1 -18091.6
K16 4 17 260.10 31.2 1200 -13022.8 -17933.7
K17 4 18 256.76 31.2 1200 -12931.9 -17820.2
4.4. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN
Cross Length Distance Shear force Vi (KN) Moment Mi (KN.m)

section Li Xi Standard Calculated Standard Calculated
S18 2 63 1980.76 2600.98 8906.53 8911.50
S17 4 60 2888.98 3739.23 386.51 -2181.33
S16 4 56 3806.97 4889.70 -11328.11 -17277.85
S15 4 52 4739.90 6058.84 -26280.95 -36432.58
S14 4 48 5692.86 7253.00 -44533.76 -59722.71
S13 4 44 6670.85 8478.46 -66166.15 -87247.75
S12 3 40 7678.79 9741.36 -91275.38 -119129.26
S11 3 37 8721.54 11047.75 -119976.05 -155510.54
S10 3 33 9803.83 12403.58 -152399.93 -196556.24
S9 3 30 10766.29 13609.19 -183267.24 -235590.86
S8 3 27 11764.25 14859.16 -217081.93 -278317.36
S7 3 24 12800.43 16156.91 -253956.17 -324875.97
S6 2.5 21 13877.63 17505.93 -294010.86 -375417.81
S5 2.5 18.5 14998.62 18909.68 -337375.54 -430104.81
S4 2.5 16 16166.10 20371.55 -384188.25 -489109.50

S3 2.5 13.5 17176.00 21636.01 -425938.06 -541709.97
S2 2.5 11 18221.91 22945.48 -470272.86 -597547.00
S1 2.5 8.5 19304.98 24301.41 -517285.71 -656736.92
0 6 6 23630.63 29714.85 -664771.35 -842309.08
4.5. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN

S0' 6 0 -23407.86 -29464.35 -664771.35 -842309.08
S1' 2.5 8.5 -19074.64 -24041.28 -518845.09 -658490.44
S2' 2.5 11 -17995.15 -22689.88 -472389.16 -599926.77
S3' 2.5 13.5 -16949.68 -21380.96 -428611.28 -544716.01
S4' 2.5 16 -15939.84 -20116.58 -387418.39 -492741.79
S5' 2.5 18.5 -14772.53 -18654.95 -341273.99 -434488.61
S6' 2.5 21 -13652.05 -17251.84 -298577.61 -380553.12
S7' 3 24 -12575.30 -15903.39 -259191.23 -330762.78
S8' 3 27 -11539.53 -14606.16 -222985.30 -284955.69
S9' 3 30 -10541.93 -13356.65 -189838.92 -242980.69
S10' 3 33 -9579.67 -12151.29 -159639.91 -204697.58
S11' 3 36 -8497.62 -10795.78 -127995.72 -164528.64
S13' 3 39 -7455.19 -9489.78 -100074.74 -129024.13
S14' 4 43 -6447.49 -8227.20 -75745.20 -98019.37
S15' 4 47 -5469.69 -7001.99 -54892.50 -71371.09
S16' 4 51 -4516.88 -5808.01 -37419.38 -48957.72
S17' 4 55 -3584.06 -4639.01 -23246.23 -30679.75
S18' 4 59 -2666.15 -3488.64 -12311.30 -16459.99
4.6. INTERNAL FORCE IN CROSS SECTION AT SIDE SPAN OF STAGE 3

S18 2 0 -283.18 -424.77 4765.34 7148.02
S17 4 8.5 -295.11 -442.66 5777.36 8666.04

S16 4 11 -307.03 -460.54 6831.13 10246.69
S15 4 13.5 -318.94 -478.41 7926.64 11889.96
S14 4 16 -330.85 -496.27 9063.90 13595.85
S13 4 18.5 -342.75 -514.12 10242.91 15364.36
S12 3 21 -354.64 -531.96 11463.66 17195.50
S11 3 24 -366.52 -549.78 12726.17 19089.25
S10 3 27 -378.38 -567.58 14030.42 21045.63
S9 3 30 -388.54 -582.81 15181.58 22772.37
S8 3 33 -398.69 -598.04 16363.41 24545.12
S7 3 36 -408.83 -613.24 17575.91 26363.87
S6 2.5 39 -418.96 -628.43 18819.09 28228.63
S5 2.5 43 -429.07 -643.60 20092.94 30139.40
S4 2.5 47 -439.17 -658.75 21397.46 32096.18
S3 2.5 51 -447.56 -671.35 22507.98 33761.98
S2 2.5 55 -455.96 -683.94 23639.81 35459.72
S1 2.5 59 -464.34 -696.51 24792.94 37189.41
0 6 0 -489.37 -734.05 28135.02 42202.53
4.7. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 3

S0' 0 0 818.11 1227.17 28135.02 42202.53
S1' 6 6 791.92 1187.89 22491.73 33737.60
S2' 2.5 8.5 783.76 1175.65 20516.74 30775.11
S3' 2.5 11 775.46 1163.19 18563.05 27844.58
S4' 2.5 13.5 767.14 1150.71 16630.66 24945.99
S5' 2.5 16 757.12 1135.68 14339.91 21509.86
S6' 2.5 18.5 747.10 1120.65 12079.83 18119.74
S7' 2.5 21 737.06 1105.59 9850.42 14775.63
S8' 3 24 727.00 1090.50 7651.69 11477.53
S9' 3 27 716.92 1075.38 5483.62 8225.43

S10' 3 30 706.82 1060.23 3346.23 5019.34
S11' 3 33 695.01 1042.52 891.37 1337.06
S12' 3 36 683.19 1024.79 -1521.74 -2282.61
S13' 3 39 671.35 1007.03 -3893.10 -5839.65
S14' 4 43 659.49 989.24 -6222.71 -9334.07
S15' 4 47 647.62 971.43 -8510.58 -12765.87
S16' 4 51 635.73 953.60 -10756.70 -16135.05
S17' 4 55 623.83 935.75 -12961.07 -19441.60
S18' 4 59 611.92 917.88 -15123.69 -22685.54
4.8. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 4

S18 2 0 48.09 72.13 8076.25 12114.37
S17 4 6 222.52 333.79 7602.67 11404.01
S16 4 8.5 396.95 595.43 6518.56 9777.84
S15 4 11 571.36 857.04 4823.91 7235.86
S14 4 13.5 745.74 1118.61 2518.72 3778.07
S13 4 16 920.08 1380.12 -397.02 -595.53
S12 3 18.5 1094.38 1641.56 -3923.29 -5884.93
S11 3 21 1268.60 1902.91 -8060.10 -12090.15
S10 3 24 1442.76 2164.13 -12807.45 -19211.18
S9 3 27 1591.94 2387.90 -17362.55 -26043.83
S8 3 30 1741.05 2611.58 -22366.21 -33549.32
S7 3 33 1890.08 2835.13 -27818.43 -41727.65
S6 2.5 36 2039.02 3058.53 -33719.21 -50578.82
S5 2.5 39 2187.84 3281.77 -40068.55 -60102.83
S4 2.5 43 2336.56 3504.84 -46866.45 -70299.68
S3 2.5 47 2460.33 3690.50 -52874.02 -79311.03
S2 2.5 51 2584.07 3876.11 -59193.08 -88789.63
S1 2.5 55 2707.71 4061.57 -65823.65 -98735.48


0 6 59 3063.41 4595.11 -86046.42 -129069.62
4.9. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 4

S0' 2 0 -3239.60 -4859.40 -86046.42 -129069.62
S1' 4 6 -2882.24 -4323.35 -64590.30 -96885.44
S2' 4 8.5 -2759.18 -4138.77 -57519.25 -86278.87
S3' 4 11 -2635.55 -3953.32 -50759.70 -76139.54
S4' 4 13.5 -2511.82 -3767.74 -44311.65 -66467.47
S5' 4 16 -2363.18 -3544.78 -36985.17 -55477.75
S6' 3 18.5 -2214.48 -3321.72 -30107.25 -45160.87
S7' 3 21 -2065.66 -3098.48 -23677.89 -35516.83
S8' 3 24 -1916.73 -2875.09 -17697.09 -26545.63
S9' 3 27 -1767.70 -2651.55 -12164.85 -18247.27
S10' 3 30 -1618.59 -2427.88 -7081.17 -10621.75
S11' 3 33 -1444.51 -2166.76 -1717.14 -2575.70
S12' 2.5 36 -1270.36 -1905.54 3036.35 4554.53
S13' 2.5 39 -1096.13 -1644.19 7179.30 10768.96
S14' 2.5 43 -921.84 -1382.75 10711.71 16067.57
S15' 2.5 47 -747.49 -1121.24 13633.58 20450.38
S16' 2.5 51 -573.11 -859.67 15944.91 23917.37
S17' 2.5 55 -398.70 -598.06 17645.70 26468.56
S18' 6 59 -224.28 -336.42 18735.95 28103.93

4.10. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION 1

Cross
sectio Vi (KN) Mi (KN.m) Vi (KN) Mi (KN.m)
n
- -
S18 828.86 -13584.4 24827.5 1450.5 -23772.71 43448.1
1154.2 2019.9
-
S17 -1043 920.11 -16086.2 27188.6 1610.1 -28150.91 47580.0
1826.1
-
S16 -940.1 1013.6 -18588.0 28960.9 1773.9 -32529.1 50681.6
1645.2
-
S15 -844.0 1109.1 -21089.9 30132.9 1940.9 -36907.3 52732.6
1477.0
-
S14 -754.9 1206.0 -23591.7 30734.9 2110.5 -41285.5 53786.1
1321.1
-
S13 -672.5 1304.1 -26093.5 30794.2 2282.1 -45663.7 53889.9
1176.9
- - -
S12 1403.1 30334.5 2455.5 -50041.9 53085.4
596.50 28595.38 1043.8
- 1503.0 - 29374.9 - 2630.3 51406.1

S11 -54420.13
526.37 4 31097.22 2 921.15 3 1
- 1603.7 - 27945.7 - 2806.6 48905.0

S10 -58798.35
461.76 7 33599.06 4 808.07 0 5
- 1690.7 - 26358.3 - 2958.8 46127.1

S9 -62551.08
410.45 7 35743.47 4 718.29 4 0
- 1778.4 - 24428.5 - 3112.2 42750.0

S8 -66303.82
362.67 3 37887.90 9 634.67 5 3
- 1866.7 - 22176.3 - 3266.8 38808.6

S7 -70080.35
318.17 8 40045.91 5 556.80 7 1
- 1955.8 - 19885.3 - 3422.7 34799.4

S6 -74371.32
276.76 7 42497.90 8 484.34 8 2
- 2045.7 - 17623.8 - 3580.0 30841.7

S5 -79290.94
238.26 5 45309.11 3 416.95 6 1
- 2136.4 - 15392.8 - 3738.8 26937.4

S4 -84837.16
202.50 6 48478.38 5 354.37 1 8
- 2212.6 - 13568.4 - 3872.2 23744.7

S3 -89956.03
174.67 8 51403.44 2 305.67 0 3
- 2289.5 - 12529.9 - 4006.7 21927.3

S2 -95551.23
166.93 8 54600.70 3 292.13 6 8


Cross
n
- 2367.1 - 12312.9 - 4142.4 - 21547.7

S1
162.98 4 58086.90 7 285.21 9 101652.08 0
- 2596.4 - 12619.1 - 4543.8 - 22083.4

0
158.77 6 69569.40 0 277.85 0 121746.45 3
4.11. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION

1

Cross
n
- - - -
S0' 277.7 12619.1 486.03 22083.4
2755.54 69569.40 4822.20 121746.4
- 279.8 - 11040.1 - - 19320.2

S1' 489.65
2544.28 0 53960.08 5 4452.49 94430.13 6
- 282.3 - 10633.7 - - 18609.1

S2' 494.16
2473.44 8 48906.66 8 4328.53 85586.65 1
- 285.6 - 10299.2 - - 18023.7

S3' 499.97
2402.46 9 44120.04 7 4204.30 77210.06 2
- 289.8 - 10445.2 - - 18279.2

S4' 507.20
2331.71 3 39596.42 7 4080.49 69293.73 3
- 295.8 - 11546.9 - - 20207.1

S5' 517.81
2247.07 9 34515.70 6 3932.38 60402.47 9
- 303.2 - 12674.6 - - 22180.5

S6' 530.64
2162.80 2 29801.18 0 3784.90 52152.07 5
- 311.8 - 13819.0 - - 24183.3

S7' 545.79
2078.81 8 26018.45 5 3637.92 45532.29 3
- 328.8 - 14973.6 - - 26203.8

S8' 575.51
1995.08 6 23066.15 1 3491.39 40365.76 2
- 360.7 - 16132.9 - - 28232.6

S9' 631.37
1911.60 8 20388.56 2 3345.29 35679.99 0
- 395.3 - 17293.1 - - 30262.9

S10' 691.77
1828.37 0 17982.58 2 3199.64 31469.52 6
- 439.0 - 18647.3 - - 32632.8

S11' 768.40
1731.60 8 15518.97 5 3030.29 27158.19 6


Cross
n
- 486.9 - 20007.3 - - 35012.7

S12' 852.08
1635.29 0 13432.47 1 2861.76 23506.83 9
- 539.0 - 21396.6 - - 37444.1

S13' 943.26
1539.56 1 11749.64 7 2694.23 20561.87 7
- 595.6 - 23074.6 - 1042.3 - 40380.6

S14'
1444.61 1 10732.59 7 2528.07 1 18782.03 8
- 656.8 - 24943.7 - 1149.5 - 43651.6

S15'
1350.75 5 10287.75 7 2363.81 0 18003.56 0
- 722.8 26427.3 - 1264.9 - 46247.8

S16' -9842.91
1258.35 1 3 2202.11 2 17225.09 3
- 793.4 27520.6 - 1388.5 - 48161.1

S17' -9398.07
1167.89 3 7 2043.80 0 16446.61 8
- 868.5 28218.7 - 1519.9 - 49382.8

S18' -8953.22
1079.88 4 5 1889.79 4 15668.14 1
4.12. INTERNAL FORCES AT SIDE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION 2

Cross
n
-
S18 -982.2 765.41 -12077.8 21559.5 1339.4 -21136.22 37729.2
1718.9
-
S17 -887.6 837.24 -14302.1 23664.6 1465.1 -25028.7 41413.1
1553.3
-
S16 -799.4 911.99 -16526.4 25236.2 1595.9 -28921.3 44163.4
1399.0
-
S15 -717.6 989.28 -18750.7 26296.9 1731.2 -32813.8 46019.7
1255.9
-
S14 -642.1 1068.8 -20975.0 26868.4 1870.4 -36706.3 47019.8
1123.6
- 2013.1 47198.0
S13 -572.4 1150.3 -23199.3 26970.2 -40598.90
1001.8 6 0
- 1233.7 - 26619.3 - 2159.1 46583.9

S12 -44491.43
508.51 9 25423.67 8 889.89 2 2


Cross
n
- 1318.9 - 25829.7 - 2308.1 45202.1

S11 -48383.97
449.83 4 27647.98 9 787.21 4 4
- 1405.7 - 24616.2 - 2460.0 43078.4

S10 -52276.52
396.10 7 29872.30 4 693.18 9 2
- 1481.5 - 23246.6 - 2592.6 40681.6

S9 -55612.97
353.75 0 31778.84 6 619.05 2 6
- 1558.4 - 21573.7 - 2727.2 37754.0

S8 -58949.43
314.59 3 33685.39 3 550.52 5 2
- 1636.5 - 19614.0 - 2863.9 34324.5

S7 -62309.66
278.43 6 35605.52 2 487.25 8 4
- 1715.8 - 17650.4 - 3002.8 30888.3

S6 -66184.35
245.11 9 37819.63 8 428.94 1 3
- 1796.4 - 15750.2 - 3143.7 27563.0

S5 -70687.69
214.47 3 40392.96 9 375.32 5 0
- 1878.1 - 13913.6 - 3286.8 24348.7

S4 -75817.62
186.36 8 43324.36 0 326.13 1 9
- 1947.1 - 12442.4 - 3407.5 21774.2

S3 -80589.59
164.78 9 46051.20 0 288.36 9 1
- 2017.1 - 11040.1 - 3529.9 19320.2

S2 -85837.87
145.11 0 49050.21 5 253.94 2 6
- 2087.8 - 10726.9 - 3653.7 18772.1

S1 -91591.82
141.15 5 52338.18 6 247.02 3 7
- 2298.0 - 10879.9 - 4021.5 - 19039.9

0
136.89 3 63265.63 5 239.56 5 110714.86 2
4.13. INTERNAL FORCES AT MIDDLE SPAN SECTIONS IN STAGE 5 OF COMBINATION

2

Cross
n
- 19039.9
S0' -2449.7 239.4 -63265.6 10879.9 -4287.1 419.05
110714.8 2
- 241.6 - - - 16745.6
S1' 9568.94 422.86
2251.24 3 49016.56 3939.68 85778.98 5

- 244.1 - - - 16201.9
S2' 9258.26 427.34
2184.79 9 44425.08 3823.37 77743.88 6
- 247.5 - - - 15814.3
S3' 9036.78 433.13
2118.39 0 40087.45 3707.18 70153.03 7
- 251.6 - - - 16923.1
S4' 9670.36 440.35
2052.43 3 35999.18 3591.74 62998.57 3
- 257.6 - 10476.6 - - 18334.1

S5' 450.94
1973.80 8 31416.82 3 3454.15 54979.44 0
- 265.0 - 11323.8 - - 19816.7

S6' 463.76
1895.85 0 27184.14 3 3317.74 47572.25 1
- 274.1 - 12204.2 - - 21357.3

S7' 479.73
1818.54 3 23681.06 2 3182.44 41441.85 9
- 298.1 - 13110.8 - - 22943.9

S8' 521.75
1741.86 4 20843.59 2 3048.25 36476.28 3
- 324.3 - 14038.1 - - 24566.7

S9' 567.58
1665.83 3 18280.84 6 2915.20 31991.47 8
- 352.8 - 14982.8 - - 26219.9

S10' 617.47
1590.46 4 15989.69 4 2783.31 27981.95 8
- 389.2 - 16106.7 - - 28186.8

S11' 681.14
1503.42 2 13660.04 8 2630.98 23905.08 6
- 429.1 - 17259.2 - - 30203.6

S12' 751.07
1417.42 8 11707.52 0 2480.49 20488.16 0
- 472.9 - 18465.3 - - 32314.4

S13' 827.61
1332.57 2 10158.66 9 2332.00 17777.65 4
- 520.6 19985.2 - - 34974.1

S14' -9275.58 911.06
1249.02 1 0 2185.78 16232.26 1
- 572.3 21722.2 - 1001.6 - 38013.9

S15' -8964.70
1166.97 7 7 2042.20 5 15688.23 7
- 628.2 23101.2 - 1099.4 - 40427.1

S16' -8653.83
1086.70 6 5 1901.73 5 15144.21 9
- 688.2 24118.8 - 1204.4 - 42207.9

S17' -8342.96
1008.54 3 5 1764.94 0 14600.19 9
752.1 24771.8 - 1316.2 - 43350.7

S18' -932.84 -8032.10
4 4 1632.46 5 14056.17 2

4.14. INTERNAL FORCES AT SECTIONS IN CONSTRUCTION STAGE
Negative moment at
Pxd pier
Xi
S0-S0' 6 6 608.11 31.2 1200 -686467.39 -878393.51
S1-S1' 2.5 8.5 434.83 31.2 1200 -539800.63 -692620.11
S2-S2' 2.5 11 420.26 31.2 1200 -492122.54 -632161.20
S3-S3' 2.5 13.5 406.18 31.2 1200 -447137.92 -575074.46
S4-S4' 2.5 16 391.30 31.2 1200 -404757.21 -521247.93
S5-S5' 2.5 18.5 375.77 31.2 1200 -357212.47 -460803.27
S6-S6' 2.5 21 361.05 31.2 1200 -313150.20 -404719.36
S7-S7' 3 24 347.16 31.2 1200 -272434.27 -352826.04
S8-S8' 3 27 334.14 31.2 1200 -234935.94 -304962.38
S9-S9' 3 30 322.03 31.2 1200 -200534.15 -260977.07
S10-S10' 3 33 310.00 31.2 1200 -169115.81 -220728.74
S11-S11' 3 36 298.25 31.2 1200 -136089.21 -178317.22
S12-S12' 3 39 287.83 31.2 1200 -106829.84 -140625.16
S13-S13' 4 43 278.79 31.2 1200 -81201.94 -107482.88
S14-S14' 4 47 271.13 31.2 1200 -59086.31 -78741.39
S15-S15' 4 51 264.90 31.2 1200 -40380.70 -54272.84
S16-S16' 4 55 260.10 31.2 1200 -25000.05 -33970.93
S17-S17' 4 59 256.76 31.2 1200 -12876.81 -17751.23
4.15. INTERNAL FORCES AT SECTIONS IN SERVICE STAGE
Ordinate value of internal forces at sections in services stage
Services limit stage Strength limit stage

Cross
n
Side Span
S18 591.40 2574.53 8163.72 46575.65 228.36 3698.84 4401.18 71622.06

S17 1772.88 3736.50 -2319.69 40955.14 1804.22 5240.55 -10262.19 65468.77
S16 2956.76 4910.58 -16566.48 30982.54 3379.37 6798.54 -29782.43 53428.36
S15 4148.32 6101.45 -34620.30 16602.57 4960.46 8378.45 -54214.08 35425.93
S14 5352.83 7313.79 -56542.87 -2216.19 6554.24 9985.91 -83634.31 11437.38
S13 6575.64 8552.29 -82413.81 -25525.98 8167.51 11626.65 -118142.64 -18588.93
-
S12 7822.03 9821.68 -53400.48 9807.09 13306.46 -157860.61 -54733.27
112330.39
-
S11 9097.25 11126.66 -85935.06 11479.73 15031.21 -202931.57 -97105.33
146407.20
- - -
S10 10406.45 12471.98 13192.06 16806.73 -253520.14
184776.02 123231.22 145816.74
- - -
S9 11559.24 13660.46 14695.99 18373.12 -301413.40
221191.68 159089.87 192735.22
- - -
S8 12743.94 14885.04 16238.03 19984.95 -353625.38
260972.63 198656.14 244571.53
- - -
S7 13963.51 16148.46 17822.00 21645.67 -410320.10
304244.60 242022.34 301431.14
- - -
S6 15220.93 17453.56 19451.69 23358.81 -472139.32
351408.88 289025.60 362968.58
- - -
S5 16519.13 18803.14 21130.90 25127.91 -539359.18
402660.26 339727.32 429226.53
- - -
S4 17860.99 20199.95 22863.27 26956.45 -612150.16
458135.62 394264.39 500375.52
- - -
S3 19014.10 21401.45 24349.49 28527.36 -677215.05
507707.54 442735.68 563514.29
- - -
S2 20183.09 22639.60 25845.52 30144.41 -746428.14
560426.83 493296.20 628949.53
- - -
S1 21385.37 23915.49 27381.26 31808.96 -819935.07
616403.32 546003.45 696735.29
- - - -
0 26045.90 28801.13 33298.06 38119.71
801593.77 710063.65 1067278.24 907092.74
1/2 Middle Span
- - - - - - - -
S0’
28584.89 25551.62 801593.77 710063.65 37918.78 32610.55 1067278.24 907092.74
- - - - - - -
S1’ -816068.41
23709.24 20885.16 614903.74 549903.51 31629.23 26687.09 702318.02

- - - - - - -
S2’ -741017.18
22444.01 19688.19 558298.33 498757.89 29981.53 25158.84 636821.42
- - - - - - -
S3’ -670221.03
21212.23 18524.08 504927.97 450508.66 28375.39 23671.12 574987.25
- - - - - - -
S4’ -603557.00
20016.23 17394.69 454695.80 404654.11 26814.10 22226.41 515984.04
- - - - - - -
S5’ -528858.97
18625.66 16082.70 398434.95 352372.29 24996.43 20546.24 448249.31
- - - - - - -
S6’ -459746.32
17282.23 14816.21 346406.21 303930.43 23237.81 18922.27 385413.70
- - - - - - -
S7’ -397036.27
15982.71 13592.02 299037.15 259199.65 21534.20 17350.49 327320.65
- - - - - - -
S8’ -340389.55
14724.34 12400.40 256096.85 218057.09 19882.14 15815.24 273819.97
- - - - - - -
S9’ -288682.52
13504.31 11231.93 216908.71 180387.23 18278.11 14301.45 224769.93
- - - - - - -
S10’ -241769.51
12319.81 10096.14 181357.43 146081.73 16718.58 12827.17 180037.03
- - - - - -
S11’ -8808.04 -192925.47
10978.72 144340.46 110174.14 14950.31 11151.62 133134.42
- -
S12’ -9677.65 -7555.46 -78552.82 -9518.45 -150259.04 -91739.42
111992.60 13232.29
-
S13' -8411.83 -6333.26 -84208.64 -51062.33 -7921.10 -113651.93 -55645.89
11558.59
S14' -7176.65 -5136.43 -61136.09 -27328.83 -9923.57 -6353.19 -83419.62 -24256.91
S15' -5967.50 -3959.90 -42584.13 -7352.61 -8321.63 -4808.32 -59276.77 2378.39
S16' -4779.79 -2798.63 -27900.93 8369.31 -6747.19 -3280.16 -40122.52 23350.40
S17' -3608.91 -1647.59 -17024.74 19894.00 -5194.75 -1762.45 -25879.64 38728.15
4.16. CONVERTED SECTIONS
x h t htf btf hbf bbf hw tw

Section
m (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
0 0.00 6.000 0.80 0.52 12 1.26 6.40 4.82 1.10
1 0.00 6.000 0.80 0.52 12 1.11 6.57 4.32 1.10
2 4.25 5.824 0.771 0.52 12 1.04 6.64 4.10 1.10
3 6.75 5.647 0.741 0.52 12 0.98 6.70 3.89 1.10

x h t htf btf hbf bbf hw tw

Section
m (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m)
4 9.25 5.471 0.712 0.52 12 0.92 6.77 3.70 1.10
5 11.75 5.294 0.682 0.52 12 0.85 6.84 3.47 1.10
6 14.25 5.117 0.653 0.52 12 0.79 6.91 3.26 1.10
7 16.75 4.941 0.624 0.52 12 0.73 6.97 3.07 1.10
8 19.25 4.765 0.594 0.52 12 0.67 7.03 2.88 1.10
9 22.25 4.588 0.565 0.52 12 0.62 7.09 2.72 1.10
10 25.25 4.412 0.535 0.52 12 0.57 7.14 2.56 1.10
11 28.25 4.235 0.506 0.52 12 0.52 7.19 2.40 1.10
12 31.25 4.059 0.477 0.52 12 0.48 7.24 2.25 1.10
13 34.25 3.882 0.447 0.52 12 0.44 7.28 2.12 1.10
14 37.25 3.706 0.418 0.52 12 0.41 7.32 2.01 1.10
15 41.25 3.529 0.388 0.52 12 0.38 7.34 1.92 1.10
16 45.25 3.353 0.359 0.52 12 0.36 7.37 1.85 1.10
17 49.25 3.176 0.330 0.52 12 0.35 7.38 1.80 1.10
18 53.25 3.000 0.300 0.52 12 0.34 7.40 1.77 1.10
4.17. DETERMINE EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH OF COMPRESSIVE FLANGE
d0 b1 b2 b3 b1/ b2/ b3/ b1/ b2/ b3/ betf bebf

Sec
(m) (m) (m) (m) Li Li Li d0 d0 d0 (m) (m)
Side Span
3.19 3.28 2.64

S0' 6.00 3.19 3.34 2.64 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.40
7 2 6
3.19 3.28 2.72

S1' 5.82 3.19 3.34 2.72 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.56
7 2 9
3.19 3.28 2.76

S2' 5.64 3.19 3.34 2.76 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.63
7 2 4
3.19 3.28 2.79

S3' 5.47 3.19 3.34 2.79 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.70
7 2 7
3.19 3.28 2.83

S4' 5.29 3.19 3.34 2.83 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.76
7 2 0
3.19 3.28 2.86

S5' 5.11 3.19 3.34 2.86 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.84
7 2 6


Sec
3.19 3.28 2.90

S6' 4.94 3.19 3.34 2.90 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.90
7 2 0
3.19 3.28 2.93

S7' 4.76 3.19 3.34 2.93 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 6.97
7 2 2
3.19 3.28 2.96

S8' 4.58 3.19 3.34 2.96 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.03
7 2 2
3.19 3.28 2.99

S9' 4.41 3.19 3.34 2.99 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.08
7 2 0
3.19 3.28 3.01

S11' 4.23 3.19 3.34 3.01 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.13
7 2 5
3.19 3.28 3.04

S11' 4.05 3.19 3.34 3.04 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.19
7 2 2
3.19 3.28 3.06

S12' 3.88 3.19 3.34 3.06 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.23
7 2 5
3.19 3.28 3.08

S13' 3.70 3.19 3.34 3.08 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.28
7 2 6
3.19 3.28 3.10

S14' 3.52 3.19 3.34 3.10 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.31
7 2 3
3.19 3.28 3.11

S15' 3.35 3.19 3.34 3.11 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.34
7 2 8
3.19 3.28 3.12

S16' 3.17 3.19 3.34 3.12 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.36
7 2 9
3.19 3.28 3.13

S17' 3.00 3.19 3.34 3.13 0.05 0.05 0.04 14.0 7.38
7 2 8
1/2 Middle span
3.19 3.34 2.64

S0 6.00 3.19 3.34 2.64 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.40
7 9 6
3.19 3.34 2.72

S1 5.82 3.19 3.34 2.72 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.56
7 9 9
3.19 3.34 2.76

S2 5.64 3.19 3.34 2.76 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.63
7 9 4
3.19 3.34 2.79

S3 5.47 3.19 3.34 2.79 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.70
7 9 7
3.19 3.34 2.83

S4 5.29 3.19 3.34 2.83 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.76
7 9 0


Sec
3.19 3.34 2.86

S5 5.11 3.19 3.34 2.86 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.84
7 9 6
3.19 3.34 2.90

S6 4.94 3.19 3.34 2.90 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.90
7 9 0
3.19 3.34 2.93

S7 4.76 3.19 3.34 2.93 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 6.97
7 9 2
3.19 3.34 2.96

S8 4.58 3.19 3.34 2.96 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 7.03
7 9 2
3.19 3.34 2.99

S9 4.41 3.19 3.34 2.99 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 7.08
7 9 0
3.19 3.34 3.01

S10 4.23 3.19 3.34 3.01 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 7.13
7 9 5
3.19 3.34 3.04

S11 4.05 3.19 3.34 3.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 7.19
7 9 2
3.19 3.34 3.06

S12 3.88 3.19 3.34 3.06 0.04 0.04 0.03 14.2 7.23
7 9 5
3.19 3.34 3.08

S13 3.70 3.19 3.34 3.08 0.04 0.04 0.04 14.2 7.28
7 9 6
3.19 3.34 3.10

S14 3.52 3.19 3.34 3.10 0.04 0.04 0.04 14.2 7.31
7 9 3
3.19 3.34 3.11

S15 3.35 3.19 3.34 3.11 0.04 0.04 0.04 14.2 7.34
7 9 8
3.19 3.34 3.12

S16 3.17 3.19 3.34 3.12 0.04 0.04 0.04 14.2 7.36
7 9 9
3.19 3.34 3.13

S17 3.00 3.19 3.34 3.13 0.04 0.04 0.04 14.2 7.38
7 9 8
4.18. POSITIVE MOMENT TENDONS
Section Mu (KN.m) Nct Anchorage Choose Aps
S21 0.00 0.00 8 8 24640
S20 47226.97 1.85 0 10 30800
S19 71832.38 2.84 0 12 36960

S18 71622.06 2.81 0 12 36960
S17 65468.77 2.51 0 12 36960
S16 53428.36 1.98 0 12 36960
S15 35425.93 1.25 0 12 36960
S14 11437.38 0.38 0 12 36960
S15’ 2378.39 0.08 0 12 36960
S16’ 23350.40 0.86 0 14 43120
S17’ 38728.15 1.47 0 16 49280
S18’ 48557.28 1.89 0 16 49280
S19’ 52865.60 2.08 0 16 49280
S20’ 52921.65 2.08 0 16 49280
4.19. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC OF SECTIONS IN STAGE I
Segment Gel A ghen ( m 2 ) A gI ( m 2 ) SIo (m3) YIbb (m) YItb (m) II (m4)
S20 12 0.12464 10.25479 16.34776 1.594 0.907 8.58953
S19 12 0.12464 10.25479 16.34926 1.594 0.907 8.58536
S18 14 0.14542 10.28109 16.46793 1.602 0.918 8.77909
S17 16 0.16619 10.36716 16.79908 1.620 0.943 9.24113
S16 18 0.18696 10.51269 17.34565 1.650 0.981 9.99410
S15 20 0.20774 10.71719 18.11307 1.690 1.033 11.07432
S14 22 0.22851 10.97998 19.10923 1.740 1.099 12.53236
S13 24 0.24929 11.30023 20.34447 1.800 1.180 14.43380
S12 24 0.24929 11.69767 21.83464 1.867 1.278 16.92155
S11 24 0.24929 12.15033 23.59178 1.942 1.393 20.04308
S10 24 0.24929 12.65684 25.63712 2.026 1.522 23.90414
S9 24 0.24929 13.13267 27.62206 2.103 1.647 27.91886
S8 24 0.24929 13.64584 29.83922 2.187 1.784 32.70040
S7 24 0.24929 14.19517 32.31092 2.276 1.932 38.35904
S6 26 0.27006 14.75861 35.04628 2.375 2.090 44.90798
S5 28 0.29083 15.35556 38.06555 2.479 2.259 52.56536

Segment Gel A ghen ( m 2 ) A gI ( m 2 ) SIo (m3) YIbb (m) YItb (m) II (m4)
S4 30 0.31161 15.98457 41.38697 2.589 2.441 61.47884
S3 32 0.33238 16.52864 44.37880 2.685 2.602 69.94689
S2 34 0.35315 17.09293 47.60373 2.785 2.771 79.49254
S1 36 0.37393 17.67644 51.07385 2.889 2.948 90.22327
S0 40 0.41548 19.02677 59.66755 3.136 3.364 118.67088
S0’ 40 0.41548 19.02677 59.66755 3.136 3.364 118.67088
S1’ 36 0.37393 17.67644 51.07385 2.889 2.948 90.22327
S2’ 34 0.35315 17.09293 47.60373 2.785 2.771 79.49254
S3’ 32 0.33238 16.52864 44.37880 2.685 2.602 69.94689
S4’ 30 0.31161 15.98457 41.38697 2.589 2.441 61.47884
S5’ 28 0.29083 15.35556 38.06555 2.479 2.259 52.56536
S6’ 26 0.27006 14.75861 35.04628 2.375 2.090 44.90798
S7’ 24 0.24929 14.19517 32.31092 2.276 1.932 38.35904
S8’ 24 0.24929 13.64584 29.83922 2.187 1.784 32.70040
S9’ 24 0.24929 13.13267 27.62206 2.103 1.647 27.91886
S10’ 22 0.22851 12.67761 25.64398 2.023 1.525 23.96247
S11’ 22 0.22851 12.17110 23.59864 1.939 1.395 20.09632
S12’ 22 0.22851 11.71844 21.83776 1.864 1.282 16.98249
S13’ 22 0.22851 11.32100 20.34758 1.797 1.183 14.49055
S14’ 20 0.20774 11.00076 19.11235 1.737 1.102 12.58520
S15’ 20 0.20774 10.71719 18.11307 1.690 1.033 11.07432
S16’ 20 0.20774 10.49192 17.34260 1.653 0.978 9.94627
S17’ 20 0.20774 10.32562 16.79285 1.626 0.937 9.14897
S18’ 18 0.18696 10.23954 16.46169 1.608 0.912 8.68905
S19’ 16 0.16619 10.21324 16.34303 1.600 0.901 8.49606

4.20. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC OF SECTIONS IN STAGE II
Ep
Sec. A ps ( m 2 ) n= A eps ( m 2 ) A gII ( m 2 ) S0II ( m3 ) YbbII ( m 4 ) YtbII ( m 4 ) I0II ( m4 )
Ec
S20 0.03696 5.464 0.201936 10.54441 16.4120 1.556 0.945 9.11800
S19 0.03696 5.464 0.201936 10.54441 16.4100 1.556 0.945 9.12322
S18 0.04452 5.464 0.243241 10.62522 16.6552 1.568 0.953 9.35438
S17 0.05208 5.464 0.284546 10.76581 17.1176 1.590 0.973 9.86657
S16 0.05964 5.464 0.325851 10.96587 17.8041 1.624 1.008 10.6862
S15 0.06720 5.464 0.367156 11.22488 18.7241 1.668 1.055 11.8544
S14 0.07476 5.464 0.408461 11.54219 19.8895 1.723 1.116 13.4276
S13 0.08232 5.464 0.449766 11.91695 21.3147 1.789 1.192 15.4788
S12 0.08372 5.464 0.457415 12.32064 23.0121 1.868 1.277 18.0181
S11 0.08512 5.464 0.465064 12.77955 25.0051 1.957 1.378 21.2185
S10 0.08652 5.464 0.472714 13.29231 27.3101 2.055 1.493 25.2250
S9 0.08792 5.464 0.480363 13.77439 29.5720 2.147 1.603 29.3960
S8 0.08932 5.464 0.488012 14.29381 32.1075 2.246 1.724 34.3428
S7 0.09072 5.464 0.495661 14.84939 34.9235 2.352 1.857 40.1854
S6 0.09828 5.464 0.536966 15.46735 38.0490 2.460 2.004 47.2292
S5 0.10584 5.464 0.578271 16.11882 41.4999 2.575 2.164 55.5035
S4 0.11340 5.464 0.619576 16.80235 45.2974 2.696 2.334 65.1794
S3 0.12096 5.464 0.660881 17.40094 48.7765 2.803 2.483 74.4980
S2 0.12852 5.464 0.702186 18.01975 52.5281 2.915 2.641 85.0493
S1 0.13608 5.464 0.743491 18.65778 56.5665 3.032 2.805 96.9620
S0 0.15120 5.464 0.826101 20.11714 66.4780 3.305 3.195 128.528
S0’ 0.15120 5.464 0.826101 20.11714 66.4780 3.305 3.195 128.528
S1’ 0.13608 5.464 0.743491 18.65778 56.5665 3.032 2.805 96.9620
S2’ 0.12852 5.464 0.702186 18.01975 52.5281 2.915 2.641 85.0493
S3’ 0.12096 5.464 0.660881 17.40094 48.7765 2.803 2.483 74.4980
S4’ 0.11340 5.464 0.619576 16.80235 45.2974 2.696 2.334 65.1794
S5’ 0.10584 5.464 0.578271 16.11882 41.4999 2.575 2.164 55.5035
S6’ 0.09828 5.464 0.536966 15.46735 38.0490 2.460 2.004 47.2292

Ep
Sec. A ps ( m 2 ) n= A eps ( m 2 ) A gII ( m 2 ) S0II ( m3 ) YbbII ( m 4 ) YtbII ( m 4 ) I0II ( m4 )
Ec
S7’ 0.09072 5.464 0.495661 14.84939 34.9235 2.352 1.857 40.1854
S8’ 0.08932 5.464 0.488012 14.29381 32.1075 2.246 1.724 34.3428
S9’ 0.08792 5.464 0.480363 13.77439 29.5720 2.147 1.603 29.3960
S10’ 0.08036 5.464 0.439058 13.26481 27.3011 2.058 1.490 25.1417
S11’ 0.07896 5.464 0.431408 12.75206 24.9960 1.960 1.374 21.1448
S12’ 0.07756 5.464 0.423759 12.29315 23.0080 1.872 1.273 17.9365
S13’ 0.07616 5.464 0.416110 11.88946 21.3105 1.792 1.188 15.4052
S14’ 0.06860 5.464 0.374805 11.51470 19.8854 1.727 1.113 13.3601
S15’ 0.06720 5.464 0.367156 11.22488 18.7241 1.668 1.055 11.8544
S16’ 0.06580 5.464 0.359507 10.99336 17.8081 1.620 1.011 10.7447
S17’ 0.06440 5.464 0.351858 10.82081 17.1258 1.583 0.981 9.97674
S18’ 0.05684 5.464 0.310553 10.68021 16.6634 1.560 0.960 9.46071
S19’ 0.04928 5.464 0.269248 10.59940 16.4183 1.549 0.952 9.22747
4.21: EFFECTIVE SHEAR DEPTH AND EFFECTIVE WEB WIDTH
Section 0.72h (mm) 0.9de (mm) dv (mm) bv (mm)
S0' 3600 4320 4320 1000
S1' 3600 4320 4320 1000
S2' 3182 3797 3797 1000
S3' 2930 3482 3482 1000
S4' 2700 3195 3195 1000
S5' 2491 2934 2934 1000
S6' 2304 2700 2700 1000
S7' 2138 2493 2493 1000
S8' 1994 2313 2313 1000
S9' 1854 2137 2137 1000
S10' 1743 1998 1998 1000

Section 0.72h (mm) 0.9de (mm) dv (mm) bv (mm)
S11' 1661 1896 1896 1000
S12' 1608 2053 2053 1000
S0 3600 4320 4320 1000
S1 3600 4320 4320 1000
S2 3182 3797 3797 1000
S3 2930 3482 3482 1000
S4 2700 3195 3195 1000
S5 2491 2934 2934 1000
S6 2304 2700 2700 1000
S7 2138 2493 2493 1000
S8 1994 2313 2313 1000
S9 1854 2137 2137 1000
S10 1743 1998 1998 1000
S11 1661 1896 1896 1000
S12 1608 2053 2053 1000
S13 1787 2137 2137 1000
𝒗
4.22. 𝒇′ CALCULATION
𝒄
Section dv (mm) bv (mm) Vu (kN) v (MPa) v/f'c
S0' 4320 1000 48698.3 12.525 0.278
S1' 4320 1000 41247 10.609 0.236
S2' 3797 1000 36953.1 10.813 0.240
S3' 3482 1000 32831 10.475 0.233
S4' 3195 1000 30501.2 10.609 0.236
S5' 2934 1000 28251.5 10.700 0.238
S6' 2700 1000 25720 10.585 0.235
S7' 2493 1000 23282 10.377 0.231

Section dv (mm) bv (mm) Vu (kN) v (MPa) v/f'c
S8' 2313 1000 20930.1 10.054 0.223
S9' 2137 1000 18656.3 9.699 0.216
S10' 1998 1000 16452.2 9.148 0.203
S11' 1896 1000 14310.1 8.386 0.186
S12' 2053 1000 2670.63 1.445 0.032
S0 4320 1000 46022.7 11.837 0.263
S1 4320 1000 38764.7 9.970 0.222
S2 3797 1000 34925.4 10.220 0.227
S3 3482 1000 32892.3 10.495 0.233
S4 3195 1000 30570.8 10.633 0.236
S5 2934 1000 28328.6 10.729 0.238
S6 2700 1000 25833.7 10.632 0.236
S7 2493 1000 23431.1 10.443 0.232
S8 2313 1000 21083.7 10.128 0.225
S9 2137 1000 18812.7 9.780 0.217
S10 1998 1000 16610.1 9.236 0.205
S11 1896 1000 14468.1 8.479 0.188
S12 2053 1000 1633.13 0.884 0.020
S13 2137 1000 1209.6 0.629 0.014
4.23. Θ AND Β CALCULATION
Mu Vu Aps dv fpo Ep θ
Section Fc ε x .103 v/f'c β
(KNm) (KN) (mm2) (mm) (MPa) (MPa) Degree
S0' 653812.96 -20010.41 131130 5220 1339.2 197000 0.072 -0.179 0.230 29.930 2.400
S1' 615934.2 -17336.74 113646 4606 1339.2 197000 0.065 -0.102 0.221 32.580 2.210
S2' 491490.55 -15975.57 104904 4299 1339.2 197000 0.062 -0.124 0.212 32.580 2.210
S3' 430706.75 -14654.92 96162 4011 1339.2 197000 0.058 -0.108 0.202 29.930 2.400
S4' 374727.31 -13374.29 87420 3744 1339.2 197000 0.054 -0.093 0.201 30.780 2.360

Mu Vu Aps dv fpo Ep θ
Section Fc ε x .103 v/f'c β
(KNm) (KN) (mm2) (mm) (MPa) (MPa) Degree
S5' 323488.77 -12130.96 78678 3496 1339.2 197000 0.050 -0.079 0.200 31.220 2.340
S6' 278171.29 -10916.88 69936 3268 1339.2 197000 0.045 -0.063 0.194 32.190 2.270
S7' 237099.82 -9308.79 61194 2996 1339.2 197000 0.041 -0.040 0.192 32.340 2.270
S8' 188734.79 -7746.08 52452 2758 1339.2 197000 0.070 -0.063 0.187 32.410 2.270
S9' 147460.46 -6220.47 43710 2555 1339.2 197000 0.063 -0.050 0.180 32.400 2.270
S10' 113101.58 -4723.82 34968 2388 1339.2 197000 0.054 -0.019 0.170 32.290 2.290
S11' 86007.58 -3247.84 26226 2256 1339.2 197000 0.043 0.226 0.157 32.440 2.280
S12' 65574.68 -1784.29 21432 2098 1339.2 197000 0.037 0.333 0.031 32.390 2.290
S0 -653812.96 27331.42 131130 5220 1339.2 197000 0.075 -0.811 0.218 30.780 2.400
S1 -615982.13 25234.89 113646 4606 1339.2 197000 0.067 -0.779 0.208 31.220 2.360
S2 -492090.63 22286.28 104904 4299 1339.2 197000 0.063 -0.713 0.201 32.190 2.340
S3 -431771.28 20752.63 96162 4011 1339.2 197000 0.059 -0.677 0.202 32.340 2.270
S4 -376310.67 19267.03 87420 3744 1339.2 197000 0.055 -0.637 0.202 32.410 2.270
S5 -325534.72 17826.95 78678 3496 1339.2 197000 0.051 -0.593 0.200 32.400 2.270
S6 -279311.46 16429.74 69936 3268 1339.2 197000 0.046 -0.548 0.195 32.290 2.270
S7 -237482.24 15073.2 61194 2996 1339.2 197000 0.041 -0.503 0.193 32.440 2.290
S8 -187310.06 13321.32 52452 2758 1339.2 197000 0.036 -0.437 0.189 32.390 2.280
S9 -143160.59 11629.3 43710 2555 1339.2 197000 0.031 -0.367 0.182 29.260 2.290
S10 -104822.2 9990.29 34968 2388 1339.2 197000 0.054 -0.642 0.172 27.420 2.450
S11 -72113.01 8397.35 26226 2256 1339.2 197000 0.043 -0.490 0.158 24.130 2.500
S12 -44882.01 6843.57 21432 2098 1339.2 197000 0.037 -0.378 0.019 27.000 2.770
S13 -23010.05 5322.09 21432 2256 1339.2 197000 0.021 -0.164 0.013 22.570 3.730

Đồ án tốt nghiệp

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Đồ án tốt nghiệp

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

NGUYỄN ĐỨC TOÀN | ATP55 | UTC

GENERAL INTRODUCTION .................................................................... 10

PART 1: PRELIMINARY DESIGN ........................................................... 11

2.4.3. Calculate the Dead Load in Stage I and II ........................................................................ 53

PART 2: TECHNICAL DESIGN ................................................................ 66

2.1. DESIGN PARAMETERS ............................................................................................................ 88

PART 3: APPLICATION OF MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE INCINERATION

APPENDIX ........................................................................................... 161

4.20. GEOMETRIC CHARACTERISTIC OF SECTIONS IN STAGE II .................................................. 189

MAIN FIGURE AND TABLE

Figure 2. Main span section............................................................................................... 15

Figure 3. Approach span section ........................................................................................ 16

Figure 4. Segment divided layout ...................................................................................... 19

Figure 5. Converted section .............................................................................................. 20

Figure 6. Diagram of maximum cantilever stage ................................................................. 23

Figure 7: Diagram of casting the side span ......................................................................... 24

Figure 8. Diagram of casting the middle span ..................................................................... 26

Figure 9. Diagram of unloading the erection load ................................................................ 26

Figure 10. Diagram of loading DW ..................................................................................... 27

Figure 11. Diagram of converting section ........................................................................... 32

Figure 12. Approach span section ...................................................................................... 40

Figure 13. Dimensions of abutment ................................................................................... 42

Figure 14. Dimensions of pier P4 ....................................................................................... 46

Figure 15. Alternative 3 general arrangement ..................................................................... 49

Figure 16. Main span section ............................................................................................. 50

Figure 17. Pylon section.................................................................................................... 51

Figure 18. Dimension of Abutment A0 ................................................................................ 60

Figure 19. Dimensions of abutment ................................................................................... 60

Figure 20. Diagram of balance cantilever stage ................................................................... 68

Figure 21. Diagram of casting the middle span ................................................................... 69

Figure 22. Moment diagram of stage 3............................................................................... 70

Figure 23. Moment diagram of stage 4............................................................................... 71

Figure 24. Negative moment tendons ................................................................................ 74

Figure 25. Positive moment tendons .................................................................................. 74

Figure 26. Geometric characteristics of section ................................................................... 75

Figure 27. Geometric characteristics of section ................................................................... 76

Figure 28. Checking sections of pier P5 .............................................................................. 88

Figure 29. Reinforcement of pier P4 ..................................................................................104

Figure 30. Piers arrangement ...........................................................................................111

Figure 31. Piles arrangement at abutment A0 ....................................................................118

Figure 33. Valorization scenario of bottom ash [30]............................................................140

Figure 34. SEM images of bottom ash ...............................................................................141

Figure 36. Cracking caused by the oxidation of aluminum particles ......................................144

Figure 39. Preparation of specimens of triaxial test ...........................................................147

Figure 40. Evolution of deviator stress in triaxial tests ........................................................148

Figure 41. Evolution of volumetric strain in triaxial tests .....................................................148

Figure 42. Treatment of bottom ash .................................................................................149

Figure 43. Transport works use bottom ash in France ........................................................150

Table 1. Weight of wearing surface.................................................................................... 22

Table 2. Summary of Dead Load ....................................................................................... 22

Table 3. Internal forces at maximum cantilever stage .......................................................... 24

Table 4. Internal forces at casting the side span ................................................................. 25

Table 5. Summary the Internal forces at stage 1................................................................. 25

Table 6. Internal forces of casting the middle span ............................................................. 26

Table 7. Internal forces at unloading erection load .............................................................. 27

Table 8. Internal forces at loading DW ............................................................................... 27

Table 9. Summation of Internal forces ............................................................................... 29

Table 10. Arrangement of tendons..................................................................................... 33

Table 11. Converted section at middle span ....................................................................... 36

Table 12. Tendons arrangement at middle span ................................................................. 36

Table 13. Approach span structure .................................................................................... 39

Table 14. Superstructure structure .................................................................................... 44

Table 15. Hydrologic data ................................................................................................. 45

Table 16. Pier P3 structure ................................................................................................ 46